This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?
B. TECH DEGREE COURSE 2008 SCHEME
MECHANICAL - STREAM - PRODUCTION - ENGINEERING
REGULATION, SCHEME AND SYLLABUS (I – VIII semesters)
APPROVED BY BOARD OF STUDIES IN ENGINEERING AND FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
UNIVERSITY OF KERALA
B.Tech Degree Course – 2008 Scheme
REGULATIONS 1. Conditions for Admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech degree course shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Examination, Kerala or 12th Standard V.H.S.E., C.B.S.E., I.S.C. or any examination accepted by the university as equivalent thereto obtaining not less than 50% in Mathematics and 50% in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry/ Bio- technology/ Computer Science/ Biology put together, or a diploma in Engineering awarded by the Board of Technical Education, Kerala or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto after undergoing an institutional course of at least three years securing a minimum of 50 % marks in the final diploma examination subject to the usual concessions allowed for backward classes and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course i) The course for the B.Tech Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of eight semesters. The first and second semester shall be combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the curriculum and scheme of examination ii) Each semester shall ordinarily comprise of not less than 400 working periods each of 60 minutes duration iii) A candidate who could not complete the programme and pass all examinations within Ten (10) years since his first admission to the B.Tech programme will not be allowed to continue and he has to quit the Programme. However he can be readmitted to the first year of the programme if he/she satisfies the eligibility norms applicable to the regular candidates prevailing at the time of readmission. 3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the degree of bachelor of technology shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained by or affiliated to the University of Kerala for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all the examinations specified in the scheme of study 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi prescribed 5. Evaluation Candidates in each semester will be evaluated both by continuous assessment and end semester University examination. The individual maximum marks allotted for continuous assessment and University examination for each subject is as prescribed by the scheme of study. 5.1 Continuous Assessment (C.A) The marks awarded for the continuous assessment will be on the basis of the day-to-day work, periodic tests (minimum two in a semester) and assignments (minimum of three – one each from each module). The faculty member concerned will do the continuous assessment for each semester. The C.A. marks for the individual subjects shall be computed by giving weight age to the following parameters.
Subject Theory Subjects Drawing Practical Project Work
20% 50% 20% 40% 20% 40% Work Assessed by Guide – 50% Assessed by a three member committee out of which one member is the guide – 50%
Assignments/ Class Work 30% 40% 40%
The C.A. marks for the attendance (20%) for each theory, practical and drawing shall be awarded in full only if the candidate has secured 90% attendance or above in the subject. Proportionate reduction shall be made in the case of subjects in which he/she gets below 90% of the attendance for a subject. The CA marks obtained by the student for all subjects in a semester is to be published at least 5 days before the commencement of the University examinations. Anomalies if any may be scrutinized by the department committee and the final CA marks are forwarded to the university within the stipulated time. 5.2. End Semester University Examinations i) There will be University examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed under the respective scheme of examinations. Semester classes shall be completed at least 10 working days before the commencement of the University examination. The examination will be held twice in an year – April/May session (for even semester) and October/November session (for odd semester). The combined 1st and 2nd semester is reckoned as equivalent to an even semester for the purpose of conduct of examination and the University examination will be held during April/May. However VII and VIII Semester examination will be conducted in both the sessions. This schedule will not be changed A student will be permitted to appear for the university examination only if he/she satisfies the following requirements a. He/she must secure not less than 75% attendance in the total number of working periods during the first year and in each semester thereafter and shall be physically present for a minimum of 60% of the total working periods. In addition, he/she also shall be physically present in at least 50% of total working periods for each subject b. He must earn a progress certificate from the head of the institution of having satisfactorily completed the course of study in the semester as prescribed by these regulations c. It shall be open to the Vice-Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of the head of the institution in accordance with the following norms d. The attendance shall not be less than 60% of the total working periods e. He/she shall be physically present for a minimum of 50% of the total working periods f. The shortage shall not be condoned more than twice during the entire course g. The condonation shall be granted subject to the rules and procedures prescribed by the university from time to time. h. The condonation for combined 1st and 2nd semesters will be reckoned as a single condonation for attendance purposes. A student who is not permitted to appear for the University examinations for a particular semester due to the shortage of attendance and not permitted by the
v) vi) vii)
authorities for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the semester when it is offered again. This provision is allowed only once for a semester. The university will conduct examinations for all subjects (Theory, Drawing & Practical) The scheme of valuation will be decided by the chief examiner for theory / drawing subjects For practical examinations, the examiners together will decide the marks to be awarded. The student shall produce the certified record of the work done in the laboratory during the examination. The evaluation of the candidate should be as per the guidelines given in the syllabus for the practical subject.
6. Letter Grades For each subject in a semester, based on the total marks obtained by the student in the University examination and Continuous assessment put together a letter grade (S,A+, A, B+, B, C+, C, D, E and F) will be awarded. All letter grades except ‘F’ will be awarded if the marks for the University examination is 40 % or above and the total mark (C.A marks + University Exam mark) is 50 % or above. No absolute mark will be indicated in the grade card. Letter grade corresponding to total marks (C.A marks+ University Exam mark) and the corresponding grade point in a ten-point scale is described below.
% of Total marks (C.A marks + University Exam mark) 90 % and above 85 % and above but less than 90% 80 % and above but less than 85% 75 % and above but less than 80% 70 % and above but less than 75% 65 % and above but less than 70% 60 % and above but less than 65% 55 % and above but less than 60% 50 % and above but less than 55% Below 50% (C.A + U.E) or below 40 % for U.E only
Letter Grade S A+ A B+ B C+ C D E F
Grade (G.P) 10 9 8.5 8 7.5 7 6.5 6 5.5 0
7. Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) Grade point average is the semester wise average points obtained by each student in a 10point scale. GPA for a particular semester is calculated as per the calculation shown below.
Credit × GP obtained for the subject credit for subject
Cumulative Grade point Average (CGPA) is the average grade points obtained by the students till the end of any particular semester. CGPA is calculated in a 10-point scale as shown below.
Credits for semester × GPA obtained for the semester credits for the semester
GPA and CGPA shall be rounded to two decimal points. The Grade card issued to the students shall contain subject number and subject name, credits for the subject, letter grades obtained, GPA for the semester and CGPA up to that particular semester. In addition to the grade cards for each semester all successful candidate shall also be issued a consolidated statement grades. On specific request from a candidate and after remitting the prescribed fees the University shall issue detailed mark to the individual candidate. 8. Minimum for a pass a) b) c) A candidate shall be declared to have passed a semester examination in full in the first appearance if he/she secures not less than 5.5 GPA with a minimum of ‘E’ grade for the all individual subject in that semester. A candidate shall be declared to have passed in an individual subject of a semester examination if he/she secures grade ‘E’ or above. A candidate who does not secure a full pass in a semester examination as per clause (a) above will have to pass in all the subjects of the semester examination as per clause (b) above before he is declared to have passed in that semester examination in full.
9. Improvement of Grades i) A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for a maximum of two subjects of a semester examination in order to improve the marks and hence the grades already obtained subject to the following conditions a) b) c) d) The candidate shall be permitted to improve the examination only along with next available chance. The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subjects of the VII & VIII semesters The grades obtained by the candidate for each subject in the improvement chance he has appeared for or the already existing grades – whichever is better will be reckoned as the grades secured. First & Second semester will be counted as a single chance and they can improve a maximum of three subjects
ii) A candidate shall be allowed to repeat the course work in one or more semesters in order to better the C.A. marks already obtained, subject to the following conditions a) He/she shall repeat the course work in a particular semester only once and that too at the earliest opportunity offered to him/her. b) He/she shall not combine this course work with his/her regular course work c) He/she shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full d) The C.A marks obtained by the repetition of the course work will be considered for all purposes iii) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examination of the University of Kerala. 10. Classification of Successful candidates i) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures not less than 8 CGPA up to and including eighth semester (overall CGPA) shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS WITH DISTINCTION
ii) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures less than 8 CGPA but not less than 6.5 CGPA up to and including eighth semester shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS. iii) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech Degree examination in SECOND CLASS iv) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (Eight consecutive semesters after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the CGPA in all eight semesters put together. In the case of a tie in the CGPA the total marks of the students who have got same CGPA shall be considered for finalizing the rank. Students who pass the examination in supplementary examination are also covered under this clause 11. Educational Tour a) The students may undertake one educational tour preferably after fourth semester of the course and submit a tour report b) The tour may be conducted during the vacation / holidays taking not more than 5 working days, combined with the vacation / holidays if required. Total number of Tour days shall not exceed 15 days. c) The tour period shall be considered as part of the working periods of a semester 12. Revision of Regulations The university may from time to time revise, amend or change the regulations, curriculum, scheme of examinations and syllabi. These changes unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year / semester following the notification of the University
103 08.108 08.305 08.302 08.110 Weekly load.306 08.105 08.(MPU) Fluid Mechanics Lab Total Weekly load.PRODUCTION . hours L Engineering Mathematics Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Graphics Engineering Mechanics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Basic Communication and Information Engineering Engineering Workshops Total 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 17 T 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 8 D/P 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 Max session al marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 500 Exa m Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000 Cre dits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 58 Name of subject The subject 08.109 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.101 08.304 08.308 Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – II (CMPUNERFHBTA) Humanities (MPUE) Fluid Mechanics and Machines (MPU) Mechanics of Solids (MPU) Mechanical Engineering Engineering Drawing (MPU) Part A.102 08.ENGINEERING Combined I and II Semesters.STREAM .Civil Drawing & Estimation Civil Engineering Lab.303 08.107 08.104 08.SCHEME AND SYLLABUS MECHANICAL . hours L T D/P 3 3 4 3 3 0 1 0 0 17 0 0 4 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 2 2 8 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 - Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 (50+5 0) 100 100 800 Cr edi ts 4 3 5 4 4 5 2 2 29 12 .109 08. 2008 scheme (Common for all branches) Course No 08. Semester III Course No 08.301 08.307 08.Machine Drawing Part B.106 08.
408 Weekly load.504 08.507 08.503 08. hours L 3 3 3 2 3 0 0 0 14 T 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 5 D/P 4 3 3 10 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 Exam max mark s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 Cre dits 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29 Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – III (CMPUNERFHB) Computer Programming & Numerical Methods (MNPU) Metallurgy & Material Science (MP) Production Process-I Machine Tools-I Production Drawing ME Lab Machine Tools lab Total Semester V Course No Name of subject Weekly load.506 08.407 08.501 08.406 08.505 08. 13 .502 08.403 08. Max Exam Exam Cre hours session Dur max dits Hrs marks L T D/P al marks 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29 08.404 08.508 Engineering Mathematics – IV [CMPU] Electrical Technology [MPU] Theory of Machine [MP] Industrial Electronics [MP] Production Process II Elective I Production Process Lab Electrical and Electronics Lab [MPU] Total The subject 08.401 08.504 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.405 08.Semester IV Cours e No 08.402 08.
702 08.608 Name of subject Weekly load.804 08.705 08.703 08.802 08.606 08.607 08.601 08.602 08. Max Exam hours sessiona Dur L T D/P l marks Hrs 2 1 50 3 2 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 0 0 6 2 5 7 50 50 50 150 500 3 3 Exam Cre max dits marks 100 3 100 3 100 4 100 4 100 100 100 700 4 4 2 5 29 14 .709 Name of subject Principles of Management and Decision Modeling [MPU] Mechatronics [MPU] Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems Theory of Metal cutting Machine Tool Design Elective III Production Tooling Lab CIM Lab Project & Seminar [MPU] Total Weekly load.603 08.604 08.704 08.807 08.805 08.Semester VI Course No 08.605 08.708 08.808 Energy Management [MPU] Industrial Engineering [MPU] Tool Engineering Product Development and Design Elective IV Elective V Industrial Seminar [MPU] Project & Viva voce [MPU] Total Weekly load. hours L T D/P 3 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 Max sessio nal marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Exam Cre Dur max dits Hrs marks 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 29 Metrology and Instrumentation [MP] Dynamics of Machinery [MP] Computer Aided Design [MPU] Machine Tools II Machines Theory and Design Elective – II CAD Lab Metallurgy and Metrology Lab Total Semester VII Course No 08. hours L T D/P 2 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 2 2 2 6 Max Exam Exam Cr sessiona Dur max edi l marks Hrs marks ts 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 500 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 3 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 29 Semester VIII Course Name of subject No 08.806 08.803 08.701 08.706 08.707 08.801 08.
Micromachining Methods 16. Total Quality Management 12. Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Instrumentation and control 9. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Glimpses of world thought 5. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Innovation and New Product Development 15 . Production and Automobile Engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Powder Metallurgy 15. Industrial Automation 21. Materials Handling 10. New Energy systems 3. Object Oriented Programming 4. Mech. Fracture Mechanics 6. Failure Analysis 17. Vehicle Performance And Testing 19. Marketing Management. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7.606 Elective II 1. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Finite Element Methods 10. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Agro Machinery 11. Advanced Welding technology 8. 7. Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Material Characterisation 15. Professional ethics and human values 6. Tool Engineering (MU) 17.ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical. Concurrent Engineering 20. Bio Materials 19. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Internet Technologies 13. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. Disaster Management 4. Environmental Science 7. Human aspects of management 3. Machine tool Technology 12. Automotive Air-conditioning 17. Non Destructive Testing 14. Mechanical working Methods 6. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15.706 Elective III 1. Vehicle Body Engineering 18. Metal Forming 11. Creativity. Nuclear Engineering 5. Computer Graphics 2. Composite Materials Technology 12. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Foundry Technology 9. 506 Elective I 1. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Alternate Energy Sources 22.
Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Financial Management 10. Software Engineering 13. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Engineering Design 24. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Value Engineering. Computerized Materials Management 7. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Project Management 16. Surface Engineering 21. Product and brand management 18. Industrial Refrigeration 3.08. 16 . Propulsion Engineering 2. Multiphase flow 8. Rapid Prototyping 20. 15. Design of IC Engines 17. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Bio Medical Engineering. Tribology 11. Production & Operations Management 15. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Nanotechnology 20. Creativity& Product Development 6. Off. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. High Temperature Materials 22. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Controls in Machine tools 9. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Research Methodology 19. Technology Forecasting 13.Road Vehicles 25. Management Information Systems 14. Industrial Quality Control 4. 12. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Random vibrations 8. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Facilities Planning 4. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Aerospace Engineering 3. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Robotics 18. Continuum Mechanics 17. 806 Elective V 1. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. 805 Elective IV 1.
shifting property.Echelon form and normal form.Transforms of derivatives and integrals.Convolution theorem(without proof)-Transforms of unit step function. Zenith Publications 17 .Equivalent matrices. MODULE-II Laplace transforms:. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Elementary transformations. Thomson 3. Higher Engineering Mathematics. B. 8th edition.Transform functions multiplied by t and divided by t .signature and index.Reduction to canonical forms-Nature of quadratic formsDefiniteness. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Consistency.DiagonalisationQuadratic forms.Application to orthogonal trajectories (cartisian form only).Errors and approximations.polar and parametric forms) Partial differentiation and applications:.Leibnitz’ Theorem(without proof).Inverse of a matrix by gauss-Jordan method.Pearson International 6. unit impulse function and periodic functions-second shifiting theorem.Linear differential eqations with constant coefficients.Cauchy and Legendre equations – Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients.Taylor’s series (one and two variables) .Solution of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms. Michel D Greenberg.Partial derivatives. Higher Engineering Mathematics.centre of curvature.Method of variation of parameters . Sureshan J. Nazarudeen and Royson. 2.1 Applications of differentiation:– Definition of Hyperbolic functions and their derivativesSuccessive differentiation.Inverse transforms.Divergence. Wiley Eastern. Khanna Publishers 4.Total derivatives.Grewal .differentiation of vector functions-Velocity and acceleration.Linear dependence and independence of vectors.V.Evolute ( Cartesian .103 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS.Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions.Identities involving ∇ (no proof) .Scalar and vector functions. Engineering Mathematics I.rank. Kreyszig.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.Directional derivative.Ramana. 2006 5. Differential Equations and Applications:.Jacobians.S.Maxima and minima of functions of two variables Lagrange’s method.Irrotational and solenoidal fields – Scalar potential.Solution of a system linear equations-Non homogeneous and homogeneous equations.1 Credit: 6 MODULE. Vector differentiation and applications :.CurvatureRadius of curvature.Leibnitz rule on differentiation under integral sign. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Operator ∇ . MODULE-III Matrices:-Rank of a matrix.Transforms of elementary functions . REFERENCES 1.Eigen values and eigen vectors – Properties of eigen values and eigen vectors.GradientPhysical interpretation of gradient. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Peter O’ Neil .Scalar and vector fields. B.Cayley Hamilton theorem(no proof).Curl.
body centered cubic and face centered cubic crystals. Harmonic waves. Density of states. Michelson’s interferometer. Crystal systems. High temperature superconductors. Mass energy relation. Miller indices. Time Dependent and Time Independent Schrodinger equations. Super conductivity .Differential Equation and solution. Production and analysis of circularly and elliptically polarized light.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. E and H are at right angles. Unit cell and lattice parameters. Nano materials. Fraunhofer diffraction at a circular aperture (qualitative). Type-I and Type-II superconductors. Interplanar spacing in terms of Miller indices. Bosons and Fermions. Transverse nature of electromagnetic waves. Electromagnetic Theory: Del operator – grad. Plane transmission grating. Theory of forced harmonic oscillations and resonance. Basic postulates of Maxwell-Boltzmann. Statistical Mechanics: Macrostates and Microstates. Applications of superconductors. circular and elliptically polarized light. Distribution equations in the three cases (no derivation). Polaroids. Determination of wave length and thickness. Interference in thin films and wedge shaped films. Polarization of Light: Types of polarized light. Velocity of transverse waves along a stretched string. Tunnelling (qualitative). Coordination number and packing factor with reference to simple cubic. Time dilation. Expectation values. Bio materials. Deduction of Maxwell’s equations. Retardation plates. Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution.102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS Credit: 6 MODULE-I Oscillations and Waves: Basic ideas of harmonic oscillations – Differential equation of a SHM and its solution. Energy and momentum operators. Photo elasticity – isoclinic and isochromatic fringes – photo elastic bench Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment. Induced birefringence. BCS theory (qualitative). Theory of damped harmonic oscillations. Energy in wave motion. div.II Interference of Light: Concept of temporal and spatial coherence.Meissner effect. Prediction of electromagnetic waves. Eigen values and functions. Nicol Prism. Simultaneity. Lorentz transformation equations (no derivation). MODULE – III Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of matter. Three dimensional waves . One dimensional waves – Differential Equation. Einstein’s postulates. curl and their physical significance. Concept of displacement current. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. Fraunhofer diffraction at a single slit. Mass less particle. Grating equation. Wave function. Poynting’s theorem (qualitative only) Physics of Solids: Space lattice. Introduction to new materials (qualitative) -Metallic glasses. Derivation of Planck’s 18 . Directions and planes. Length contraction. Particle in one dimensional box. Resolving power of grating. Double refraction. Types of waves. Shape memory alloys. Velocity addition. Uncertainty principle. Resolving power of telescope and microscope. Plane waves and spherical waves. Theory of plane. X-ray diffraction. Diffraction of Light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction. Antireflection coating. Interference filters. MODULE. Phase space. Bragg’s law. Quality factor. Newton’s rings. Relativistic mass.
. Introduction to Electrodynamics.A. Optics. New Age International Publishers 7. Pearson 11. Michelson’s interferometer – Wavelength of light. Pearson 5. Helium-Neon Laser. 7. each of 4 marks (uniformly taken from all modules). Spectrometer – Plane transmission grating – wavelength of light. The question paper will consist of two parts (A and B). Donald A Mcquarrie. Newton’s Rings – Determination of wave length.. Ram Prasad & Sons 4. IV Edn.. Chris D Zafiratos & Michael A Dubson. Fiber Optics . Fermi energy. Introduction to Special Relativity. (Gauss’ law & Ampere’s law) Pattern of Question Paper University examination is for a maximum of 100 marks. Upadhyaya.. J. John R Taylor. Laser: Einstein’s coefficients. Robert Resnick . From each module. Part A contains short answer questions for 40 marks. in 3 hour duration. Laser – Diffraction at a straight wire or circular aperture. Elementary Solid State Physics. Laser – Diffraction at a narrow slit. John Willey and Sons 10.. Computer stimulation – study of E & H. 2. This part contains 10 questions without any choice. Sears & Zemansky . IV Edn. Pearson 6. REFERENCE: 1. University Physics. Types of optical fibers. Semiconductor Laser (qualitative). The syllabus is spread in 3 modules. Michelson’s interferometer – Thickness of thin transparent film. 5. Mechanics. 19 . XI Edn. Aswathy Publishers.Numerical Aperture and acceptance angle. Part B contains long answer questions for 60 marks. 11. Long answer questions from all the 3 modules will form 60 marks. Hassan et al. 8. Polarization by reflection – Brewster’s law.. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. Population inversion and stimulated emission. Computer stimulation – superposition of waves. Premlet. Introduction to Optics. Pearson 2. 13. Nanotechnology. Ruby Laser. 6. Advanced Engineering Physics .C. Eugene Hecht. Frank & Leno. Phasor Books.. David J Griffiths. Holography. M Ali Omar. Pearson 3. T. 10. Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers. Kollam. LIST OF DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS 1. A Text Book of Engineering Physics. II Edn.formula. . Air Wedge – Diameter of a thin wire 3. Trivandrum 14. Applications. Prentice Hall of India 8. III Edn. Spectrometer – Refractive indices of calcite for the ordinary and extraordinary rays.. B. Optical resonant cavity. each of 10 marks. Carbon dioxide Laser (qualitative). Solid State Physics. 4. III Edn. Richard L Libboff. Statistical Mechanics. Pearson 9. 9. S O Pillai.. this part contains 3 questions out of which 2 are to be answered. Vivo Books 12. Free electrons in a metal as a Fermi gas. Mark Ratner& Daniel Ratner. .
cationic.synthetic rubbers (Buna-S. (5hrs) Protective coatings. PMMA. oxidation reduction and precipitation titrations).Anaerobic and USAB processes. (12hrs) Corrosion and its control. cathodic protection).Nernst equation and application.Coductometric and Potentiometric titrations (acid base.Standared hydrogen electrode.Chemical method (reduction)-Properties and Applications of nano materials-Nano tubes-Nano wires.103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Credit: 6 MODULE-1 Electrochemistry .Boiler corrosion-Water softening methods. Differential thermal analysis and applications. Rotational spectra (Determination of bond length and application). Galvanic corrosion) .High performance liquid chromatography. Transfer and Extrusion moulding)-Preparation. free radical.Types of corrosion (Concentration cell corrosion. (12hrs) Envirnmental damages and prevention. Butyl rubber and Neoprene) (12hrs) Organo electronic compounds -Super conducting and conducting organic materials like Polyaniline.Sludge and scales in boilers.Origin of electrode potential. Stress corrosion. properties and uses of PVC.structure of natural rubber. carbonate.Metallic coatings. Elastomers.Silicon polymers.Secondary cells. (2hrs) 20 .Domestic water treatment.by EDTA method.Air pollution. Lime-soda process.Electrodes.Priming and foaming.Estimation of hardness.Distillation).Molecular energy levels-Types of molecular spectra.Related problems.Electrode potential.Thermoplastics and thermosetting plasticsCompounding of plastics-Moulding techniques of plastics (Compression.Methods of disinfection of water-Desalination process (Reverse osmosis.Helmotz double layer. . electro dialysis. Bakelite. Injection.Aerobic .Reference electrodes. phosphate and calgon conditioning).Saturated calomel electrode.vulcanisation.Factors affecting corrosion (nature of metal and nature of environment) and different methods of corrosion control (corrosion inhibitors. Vibrational spectra (mechanism of interaction and application). PVA.Classifications.paint (4hrs) Nano materials.Waste water treatment. (4hrs) MODULE-2 Water treatment.Concentration cells. Ion exchange methods-Internal treatments (colloidal. chemical shift.CFCs and ozone depletionAlternative refrigerents-Green house effect-Water pollution.Gas chromatography.Electronic spectra (Classification of electronic transitions.Beer Lamberts law. spin-spin splitting) (6hrs) Chromatography. PET.Fuel cells.Mechanism of polymarisation (Addition.Nickel cadmium cell.Lead acid cell. Nylon.Introduction-Classification-preparation (laser abrasion technique and sputtering technique).L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.Theories of corrosion (chemical corrosion and electrochemical corrosion).Lithium-ion cell. (3hrs) Thermal methods of analysis-Basic principles involved in Thermo gravimetry.Biodegradable plastics.BOD and COD. Urea formaldehyde resin.Degree of hardness.Galvanic series.Quinhydron electrode-Determination of PH using these electrodes. polyacetylene and [polypyrrol and its applications. (2hrs) MODULE-3 Polymers.Chemical conversion coatings.General principles. NMR spectra (Basic principle. (2hrs) Spectroscopy. anionic and coordination polymarisation).Types of hardness.
R.Goodby . L. Willard. 7. A. 5. Estimation of COD in sewage water. Dean .A. Elements of Material science and Engineering 8. 10.Raghavan. R. Polymer science 5. P.cloud and pour point. Determination of molarity of HCl solution PH-metrically.Venkappayya & S. Potentiometric titrations. A first course 7.H. Environmental Chemistry 3.Calorific value. Engineering Chemistry 12. K.W. Engineering Chemistry. Juhaina Ahad .C. 8.K. 4. Chemistry of liquid crystals 9.Fuels. Nanoscale materials in chemistry 4. Estimation of iron in a sample of heamatite. Gopalan. Determinations of PH using glass electrode and quinhydron electrode.Manufacture of Portland cement. J. B.aniline value. Jain.Bio fuels -Bio hydrogen and Bio-diesel (5hrs) Lubricants. (4hrs) Cement. Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder. Gowariker . Instrumental methods of analysis 2. 11. H. A text book of Engineering Chemistry 13. REFERENCES 1. V. 9.L.Gonser . J. L. Chemistry of Engineering and Technology volume I & II 15. Engineering Chemistry 14. Kuriakose and J. Material Science and engineering.N Goyal and Harmendra Goeal. Merrit and J. 2. Shashi Chawla .Introduction-Mechanism of lubrication.R.Properties of lubricants-Viscosity index. Ane Students Edition. Thiruvananthapuram 21 . S. Estimation of dissolved oxygen. Determination of flash and fire point of a lubricating oil by Pensky Marten’s apparatus. Nagarajan .W. De .Glasstone . Engineering Chemistry 11.flash and fire point. Rajaram . Modern materials 6.solid and liquid lubricant. A text book of physical chemistry 10. Estimation of chloride ions in domestic water. 12. Estimation of copper in brass.Theory of setting and hardening of cement (2hrs) LAB-EXPERIMENTS (DEMONSTRATION ONLY) 1.J. Preparation of buffers and standardisation of PH meter. 3.C. D.Klauhunde. Estimation of total hardness in water using EDTA. 6. Van Vlack .HCV and LCV-Experimental determination of calorific valueTheoretical calculation of calorific value by Dulongs formula . B.A.
Lines. abscissa and the transverse axis (iii) given the asymptotes and a point on the curve. frustum of solids and also their combinations. Principles of Orthographic PROJECTION OF POINTS AND LINES: projection. Perspective projection of simple solids like prisms and pyramids in simple positions. symbols and drawing instruments. cylinder. pyramids. perpendicular and inclined cutting planes. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves MISCELLANEOUS CURVES: Construction of Cycloid. Epicycloid and Hypocycloid. Demonstration of any one CAD software. sphere and their auxiliary projections. Logarithmic spiral and Helix. cylinder. cone. DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of surfaces of (i) simple solids like prisms. cylinder and cone (ii) Cut regular solids. SECTIONS OF SOLIDS: Types of cutting planes.104 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS Credit: 6 INTRODUCTION: Introduction to technical drawing and its language. INTERSECTION OF SURFACES: Intersection of surfaces of two solids as given below. section of simple solids cut by parallel. Construction of ellipse: (i) Arc of circles method (ii) Rectangle method (ii) Concentric circles method. CAD: Introduction to CAD systems. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves Types of projections. pyramids. (iii) Cone and Cylinder (Only cases where the axes are perpendicular to each other and intersecting with or without offset. definition of perspective terminology. dimensioning. lettering. Isometric view and projections of simple solids like prisms.) PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION: Principles of perspective projection. Construction of parabola (i) Rectangle method (ii) Tangent method. octahedron. pyramids. General Note: (i) First angle projection to be followed 22 . scaling of figures. Archimedian spiral. Various Soft wares for CAD. MODULE III ISOMETRIC PROJECTION: Isometric scale. Projections of points and lines. inclination with planes of projection and traces of lines. Benefits of CAD. cone sphere. tetrahedron. Determination of true length. Construction of hyperbola (i) Arc of circles method (ii) given ordinate. MODULE II PROJECTION OF SOLIDS: Projection of simple solids such as prisms. (i) Cylinder and cylinder (ii)Prism and prism. Their projections and true shape of cut sections.L-T-P: 1-0-2 08. Involute of a circle. (1 sheet practice) MODULE I PLAIN CURVES: Conic sections by eccentricity method.
P. K. Engineering Graphics 5. Gopalakrishnan. N. John.(ii) Question paper shall contain 3 questions from each module. K. Luzadder and Duff .I.S.N. P. Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing 2. K. Engineering Drawing 7. Engineering Drawing 3. Bhatt .R. Engineering Graphics 6. Engineering Drawing and Graphics 4. Engineering Drawing 8.C. K. Students are required to answer any two questions from each module. D. Varghese. (iii) Distribution of marks Module -I 2 x 16 = 32 Module -II 2 x 17 = 34 Module III 2 x 17 = 34 __________ 100 REFERENCES 1. Engineering Graphics 23 . Venugopal . Gill. Anil Kumar. Thamaraselvi. except from CAD. Engineering Graphics 9.
Pearson Education. REFERENCES: 1. Mc-Graw Hill –International Edition 4. Curvilinear motion.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. Relative velocity . H.Lami’s theorem.D’Alembert’s principle. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited. MODULE II (20 HRS) Properties of surfaces. New Delhi. H.Mass moment of inertia of rings. “Mechanics of Solids”.wedge friction. method of resolution. Parallel and perpendicular axes theorems.basic elements of a vibrating system – spring mass model – undamped free vibrations – angular free vibration – simple pendulum..types of beams . “Engineering Mechanics”.Resultant and equilibrant of coplanar non-concurrent force systems. Prentice Hall Book Company.Conditions of equilibrium. Friction-Laws of friction-angle of friction. Simple harmonic motion – vibration of mechanical systems .Motion of lift.Resultant and Equilibrant of coplanar concurrent force systemsvarious analytical methods.Theorems of Pappus-GouldinusMoment of inertia of areas.(simple problems) Types of supports . wheel rolling without slipping. solid discs and solid spheres (no derivations required)Angular momentum-Angular impulse.. Shames.D’Alembert’s principle in curvilinear motion.Support reactions of simply supported and overhanging beams under different types of loading.105 ENGINEERING MECHANICS Credit: 6 MODULE I (20 HRS) Idealizations of Mechanics.principle of transmissibility of a forcecomposition and resolution. “Engineering Mechanics”. properties of couple. equations of equilibrium.Conditions of equilibriumMoment of a force. motion of link.centroid of composite areas. Momentum.Elements of vector algebra Statics of rigid bodies-Classification of force systems. Vector approach.Newton’s laws of translatory motion. 2. Dynamics: Kinematics-Combined motion of translation and rotation-instantaneous centre.ladder friction. Centrifugal and centripetal forces – motion of vehicles on curved paths in horizontal and vertical planes – super elevation – stability of vehicles moving in curved paths (qualitative ideas only). 3. 1966.Varignon’s theorem. Equilibrium of rigid bodies-free body diagrams.Work-Energy principle-Impulse. 2005. couple.basic concepts-analysis of different types of problems Kinetics. MODULE III (20 HRS) Work. Popov. Collision of elastic bodies-Law of conservation of momentum-Direct and oblique impact between elastic bodies and impact with fixed plane. Kinetics of rigid bodies under combined translatory and rotational motion – work – energy principle for rigid bodies.types of loading. & Young D.Radius of Gyrationmoment of inertia of composite areas.Motion of connected bodies. Power and Energy . Timoshenko S.2007 24 . Irving. Forces in space.cone of friction. “Vector Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics”. motion of connecting rod and piston. Beer & Johnston.
Rajasekaran S. New Delhi. 1998..Statics and Dynamics” . 25 . 5 marks each. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited. Kumar K.Part A – 8 compulsory questions covering entire syllabus. Umesh Publications.L. “Engineering Mechanics. out of which two should be answered (10 x 2 x 3 = 60). & Sankarasubramanian G. Vikas Publishing House Private Limited. “Engineering Mechanics”. 2008 Note Question For University Examination:. Pentex Book Publishers and Distributors. Delhi. (5 x 8 = 40) Part B – Three questions of 10 marks from each module.5.2004 8. New Delhi. “Engineering Mechanics”. Kollam... 7. Benjamin J. 2003. 6. “Engineering Mechanics”. Tayal A K.
Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)-advantages of RCC over Plain Cement Concrete. Plumbing services. wood and steel surfaces. Combined footing. ramps (brief description only). Partition: Materials used for making partition .consistency. Linear Measurements: Direct measurements . Flooring: Types . Measurements in levelling .plastered.Tape correction (problems).stone masonry. Doors.types of buildings . windows & ventilators : Types . HYSD Steel and their properties. granite and synthetic materials.cement. Mat foundation¸ Pile foundation (description only).reduction of level height of collimation method only (simple examples). Roofing: Selection of type of roof -flat roof. Building services – vertical transportation – stairs – types.materials used for the construction of doors and windows .L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.106 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING Credit: 6 MODULE I Surveying: Object and Principles of Surveying.mosaic tiles. tiled roof. Qualities of ingredients (brief description only). escalators and elevators. GI Sheet . Foundation: Different types . particle boards & glass. 26 .plywood. reading the staff .recording measurements in the field book . Total Station & GPS (Brief description only) MODULE II Building construction: Selection of site for buildings . marble.Mid ordinate rule. Levelling: Levelling instruments . steel & Aluminium.brief description of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residential buildings. holding the staff.Ranging out survey linesTaking measurements of sloping ground . Steel-common types used in construction. Simpson’s rule (examples). Isolated footing. Elementary ideas on pre-cast and pre-stressed concrete constructions. Tests on Cement . average ordinate rule.desirable qualities of stone and brick. brick masonry –Types. PVC Sheet MODULE III Concrete: Ingredients. emulsion & distemper.Tape & chain only . and water.Mild Steel. Super structure: Masonry .Introduction to Distomat.Spread footing. AC Sheet. Tilting Level ) Levelling Staff.Preparation of Cement mortar Painting: Preparation of surfaces for painting . sloping roof Concrete roof. Trapezoidal rule.Components of buildings. Contour maps (Brief description only). Aggregates – desirable qualities of fine and coarse aggregates Plain Cement Concrete (PCC): preparation-proportioning-mixing of concrete. Plastering: Mortar – properties . initial and final setting times. aggregate. Computation of areas .enamel. Compressive strength -IS Specifications. ceramic tiles. Selection of roof covering materials. Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil: Importance of determination of the Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (brief description only).Level (Dumpy Level.Principles of leveling .wood.Temporary adjustments of a level.Errors .Types of paint .
. Santha Minu. Adler R. Charotar Publishing House. Rangwala.REFERENCE: 1.2004 6. B. Part II is to cover 3 modules.. (20 X 3 = 60) 27 . Moorthy.Charotar publishing house. Rangwala. Part I and part II.1970 2. There will be two questions (20 marks each) from each module out of which one from each module is to be answered. 1990 7. Roy. Laxmi publications(P) Ltd. Rangwala. 2004 5.”Introduction to Civil Engineering”Phasor Books..“Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering”.C Punmia. 2001 4. “Construction and Technology” 9..Trivandrum Note: The question paper will consists of two parts. Charotar Publishing House. Jha and Sinha. American Elsevier Publishing Company. New Delhi.N. 1957 8. Building Materials. “Building Construction”. Vertical Transportation for Buildings. It contains 8 questions of 5 marks each. for 40 marks.. – I. Narayanan and Lalu Mangal . 2004 3. “Basic Civil Engineering” Karunya Publications. S. New York.Delhi. Modern Publishing House distributor. “Surveying & Leveling” Vol. Part I is Compulsory covering the entire syllabus.K.. 10.Kollam. “Building Construction” . “Fundamentals of Surveying” Prentice-Hall of India.
Benson boilerfluidized bed combustion. First law. CFC free refrigerants. “Fluid mechanics and machines” 8. There can be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered. “Basic Mechanical Engineering” Note: Lectures are to be supplemented by demonstration in laboratories. pumps. MODULE III Mechanical Power transmission systems: Belt. MPFI. Babcock and Wilcox boiler. Ostwald and Begeman. rope and gear drives-types. “Manufacturing processes” 4. Non conventional machining . Note: The question paper will consist of two parts.reciprocating and centrifugal. Otto and Diesel cycles-Air standard efficiency (simple problems) IC Engines: Working and comparison of two stroke and four stroke petrol and diesel engines . Amstead. Spalding and Cole.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. thermal and nuclear power plants Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerants. single plate clutch. ignition system and governing system. forging. Hajra Choudhary. This may contain 10 questions of 4 marks each. “Workshop Technology” 7.concept of reversibility and entropy.general description of various systems using block diagrams – air system. Crouse. comparison and fields of application-velocity ratio-slip (simple problems) friction disc.compressors . thread cutting. Second law of thermodynamics. fuel system. 28 . MODULE II Principles and fields of application of . “Automobile Engineering” 5.turning. rolling. A brief description of CRDI. centrifugal and jet pumps. Vapor compression refrigeration system.Electro discharge machining (EDM) and Electro chemical machining (ECM) Principle. welding. gear trains (no derivations). “Elements of Mechanical Engineering” 6. milling (simple sketches and short notes). Part I is to be compulsory for 40 marks. Smith and Zuirys. blower.reciprocating. shaping. Manufacturing processes: Elementary ideas of casting. Part II is to cover 3 modules. “Engineering Thermodynamics” 2. Comfort and Industrial air conditioning-typical window air conditioning unit (general description only). Gill. grinding. GDI and Hybrid Vehicles Steam boilers: Classification – Cochran boiler.107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Credit: 6 MODULE I Thermodynamics : Basic concepts and definitions of Zeroth law. application and advantages of C N C machine REFERENCES 1.open and closed Elementary ideas of hydro electric. soldering and brazing Machining processes. taper turning. R K Bensal. p-v and T-s diagrams Air cycles: Carnot. steam and hydraulic turbines. “Fundamentals of IC Engines” 3. drilling. J Benjamin. gas turbine cycles.impulse and reaction. Roy and Choudhary.
Block schematic of layout of generating stations . Protective fuses. Prentice Hall of India. ELCBs and switches.substation equipments.N. field strength.Kirchoffs laws .hydroelectric. Working of simple zener voltage regulator.Principle of operation .EMF equation .block diagram description of a dc power supply. Vdc. DP Kothari. energy efficient lamps MODULE – III Diodes . flux density. principle of working and V-I characteristics of Zener diode.108 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 Credits: 6 MODULE – I Elementary concepts . tidal..inductance. Rectifiers & power supplies . thermistor. Renewable energy sources solar. Schematic layout of LT switchboards.period . Phasor representation of alternating quantities . wind.j notation . “Basic Electrical Engineering”. Review of electromagnetic induction Faradays laws.MMF.phasor representation three wire and four wire systems.power and power factor in ac circuits .self and s mutual induction .form factor.generation of alternating currents – waveforms frequency .plate and pipe earthing. V. Transducers – Resistance strain guage. RC and RLC series circuits. dynamic & static resistance. 2. Analysis of simple ac circuits – concept of impedance and admittance .active and reactive components.necessity of earthing . 29 .statically induced and dynamically induced emf . MODULE – II Transformers . -fluorescent lamps. Lenz' law .phasor representation . LVDT REFERENCES 1.average and rms values . wave and geothermal energy. Tata McGraw Hill.PN junction diodes. “Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering”. Solar cell. ripple factor and peak inverse voltage in each case.Magnetic Circuits .constructional details of single phase and three phase transformers Methods of bulk generation of electric power. Three phase systems . Alternating current fundamentals . V-I characteristics. Measurement of energy – working of 1-phase energy meter.star and delta connection relation between phase and line values of voltage and current . MCBs.generation of three phase voltage . 2000.need for high transmission voltage .rectangular polar and exponential forms. Primary and secondary transmission and distribution systems Different methods of wiring for LT installations. & LED. Bulk transmission of electric power . Measurement of power in three phase circuits ( two wattmeter method). principle of Photo diode.08. circuit diagram & working of half-wave & full wave rectifier. Working of incandescent lamps. final equations of Vrms. Power devices – V – I characteristics and applications of SCR and Triac Working principle of UPS and SMPS. LJ Nagrath.typical electrical power transmission scheme . Mitlle. Earthing of installations . Solution of RL.substations . principle of working of series inductor and shunt capacitor filters. thermal and nuclear power plants. 1990. reluctance – problems in series magnetic circuits.
“A Text Book on Power System Engineering”.. Millman and Halkias. 12. “A Text Book of Electrical Technology”. “A Basic Course in Electrical Engineering”. Sarma G.N. PU Guptha. "Integrated Electronics: Analog and digital circuits and systems".S. Edward Hughes. Pearson Education. “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”. New Delhi 1997 10. Muhammad H.3. 9. 30 . Pearson education.. Devices and Applications”. Volume I. Part – A is to be compulsory for 40 marks (10 questions of 4 marks each). Kollam 6. “Introduction To Electronics and Communications”. Note : The question paper will consist of two parts. Ernakulam. Gopakumar. Phaser Books. 4. Francis M Fernandez. 1992. Kollam 7. 1992. Tata McGraw Hill. Rajath Publishers. New Delhi.L.. Tata McGraw Hill 11. and Mani V.One out of two or two out of four from each module). B. Thereja. ML Soni. TP Imthias Ahmed. Rashid. . S Chand & Co. Asia 2003. (50% choice. McGraw-Hill Book Co 8. Premlet.S. B. N.R. “Power Electronic Circuits. “Introduction to Electrical Engineering”. "Instrumentation Devices and Systems".V. “Electrical and Electronic Technology”. US Bhatnagar and A Chakrabarthy. Dhanpath Rai & Sons. Part-B is to cover 3 modules for 60 marks. Rangan C.Bhargava. 2002. 5.Phasor Books.
principle and block diagram of function generator. ion implantation. applications of radar in measurements and navigation. structure.APD). (4 hrs) (e) Digital ICs:logic gates. advantages of satellite communication. principle of Global Positioning System(GPS). photolithography. (4 hrs) (e) Satellite communication: microwave frequency bands. MESFET and MOSFET. concepts of class A. basic principles of LCD & Plasma displays. comparison with BJT. common emitter & common collector configurations. (5 hrs) Credits: 6 31 . block schematics of pulsed radar. (3 hrs) (c) Amplifiers & Oscillators: circuit diagram & working of common emitter amplifier. current gain of each. working principle of source (semiconductor Laser) & detector ( PIN. frequency response. ideal operational amplifier. advantages of optical communication. block diagrams of AM & FM transmitters. working principle of CRT. working principles of oscillators. comparison of three configurations with reference to voltage & current gain. epitaxy. (4 hrs) MODULE 2 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Measurements: principle and block diagram of analog and digital multimeter. wafer preparation. comparison of AM & FM. (3 hrs) (f) Optical communication: block diagram of the optical communication system. (6 hrs) (b) Field effect Transistors : basic principles of JFET. factors affecting range. concepts of common base. (4 hrs) (c) Color television: TV Standards. summing amplifier. working of NPN transistor. deposition. principle of light transmission through fiber. crystal growth. B. block diagram of PAL TV transmitter & receiver. integrator and comparator. concepts of feedback. block diagram of earth station transmitter & receiver. concepts of Single Mode and Multi Mode optical fiber. function of each component in the circuit. need of proper biasing.109 BASIC COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 MODULE 1(Qualitative Treatment) (a) Bipolar junction transistors: NPN & PNP transistors.principle &block diagram of super heterodyne receiver.08. logic families: TTL and CMOS Logic (No internal diagram) (4 hrs) (f) IC fabrication: purification of silicon. satellite transponder. non inverting amplifier. principle of combinational and sequential logic circuits. flip flop (JK). block diagram of CRO. input & output characteristics of common emitter configuration. circuit diagram & working of push pull amplifiers. basic principles of cableTV. input & output resistances and applications. analog and digital ICs. CCTV system. basic principles of HDTV. wave forms. (5hrs) (b) Radio communication: principle of AM & FM.interlaced scanning.use as inverting amplifier. voltage gain and 3dB bandwidth. diffusion. circuit diagram & working of RC phase shift oscillator (7 hrs) (d) Integrated circuits: advantages of ICs. functional block diagram of operational amplifier. realization of logic functions. typical doping. principle of AM &FM demodulation. measurements using CRO. frequency bands used. principle of digital storage oscilloscope. AB and Class C power amplifiers. bandwidths. (5 hrs) (d) Radar and navigation: principle of radar and radar equation. concept of geo-stationary satellite. unit process: oxidation.
XML. network security. (7 hrs) REFERENCES 1.Frenzel. bridge. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. domain names. Introduction to Electronics & Communication .R. Bell. New Age International [Module 2 (c)] 10. virtual memory. network interface unit .Kamran Eshraghian. LAN. TMH 3. basic concepts of error detection . memory hierarchy. parity checking.data path and control.circuit switching and packet switching.Kollam This subject shall be handled by faculty of Dept. 2008 9. Computer Architecture.basic principles of router. WLL & GPRS technologies. N N Bhargava. Louis. Part I is to cover the entire syllabus.WAN &World wide web. Introduction to web languages-HTML . Pearson Education [Module 1(f)] 6. Neil H E Weste. microprocessors . Pearson Education. (4hrs) (d) Internet Technology: concepts of networking: client . Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits. digital modulation techniques. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems. 3rd edition.Phasor Publisher’s. Question Paper The question paper shall consist of two parts. 4. This shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. PHI 2. network devices. 5th edition. network topologies.of Electronics and Communication in the Colleges. Pearson Education. and carries 40 marks. PHI 5.MAN. William Stallings.Firewall. digitization of wave forms.S C Gupta. internetworking concepts. Basic Electronics – Devices. switching technologies. Introduction to Information Technology. PHI .ASK. principle and block diagram of GSM. IP addresses. caches. There shall be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered. David A.functional block diagram of 8085 (9 hrs) (b) Data communication: overview. K Gopakumar. FSK. 32 .E. Gulati.D C Kulshreshtha. main memory. PSK. Part II is to cover 3 modules.[Module 2(a)] 7. Monochrome and Colour Television. switch. communication protocols.MODULE 3 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Computer Architecture: functional units: basic concept of ALU. R.principle of CDMA. operating systems. and carries 60 marks. transmission media. Wireless Communications and Networks. PCM .server computing. Principles of CMOS VLSI design – A system perspective. Santiram Kal.Moris Mano.modem.TCP/IP. ITL Education Solution Ltd. M. TMH 8. 2008. Circuits and IT fundamentals. frequency reuse. (6hrs) (c) Mobile communication: basic principles of cellular communications.. analog and digital data transmission. concepts of cells.
Practice in filing. Dove tail joint. F. Preparation of sand. Preparing tube joints. Making of Butt joint. Demonstration on forging of square prism. Practice in planning. Use of special tools in plumbing work. E: Foundry: Study of tools. frustums. Male and female joints. B. Stepped joints. Welding: Study of welding machines. C: Sheet Metal Work: Study of tools. moulding practice and demonstration of casting. cutting. T joint and Lap joint. Plumbing: Study of tools. G: Smithy: Study of tools. 0-0-2 Credits: 6 A. chiseling. hexagonal bolt.08. marking and sawing. drilling and tapping. T joint. Straight line practices. cutting.110 ENGINEERING WORKSHOPS L-T-P/D. trays and containers. D and E only. C. Carpentry: Study of tools and joints. Study of pipe joints. Practice on riveted joints. Details of plumbing work in domestic and industrial applications. Fitting: Study of tools. Joints – Cross joint. Lathe and Drilling machine. NOTE: For the university examination the student shall be examined in sections A. H: Machine Tools: Study and demonstration on working of machine tools. B. threading and laying of pipes with different fittings using PVC pipes. T bolt and Eye bolt. 33 . D. Selection of different gauge GI sheets for jobs.
solution by seperation of variables. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Greens theorem in the plane. Odd and even functions. Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . 301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II L-T-P/D. Application of PDE: Derivation of one dimensional Wave and Heat equations.Grewal. Boundary value problems in one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. References 1. Higher Engineering Mathematics. 3. 2. 5. Michel D Greenberg. Khanna Publishers. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Dirichlet’s condition for convergence. B. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Peter O Neil. Module II Fourier series: Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2 and 2l. First order nonlinear equations-standard forms -Homogeneous PDE with constant coefficients.Each question carries 20 marks. properties Module III Partial differential equations: Formationof PDE. Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem(no proof)-Fourier transforms. 4. Area enclosed by plane curves.S. Solution of Lagranges linear equation.08. B. 8th Wiley Eastern. Vector integration: Line and surface and volume integrals. Credits: 4 34 .Volume of solids. Half range expansions. Kreyszig.Ramana. 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHBTA) Module I Multiple Integrals: Double Integrals (Cartisian only). Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Triple integrals. Pearson Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts.V.Change of order of integration.Fourier sine and cosine transforms .Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (no proof). inverse Fourier transforms.
3-0-0 (MPEU) PART I.Balance sheet (with simple problems) .K Dewett. Tertiary Sector – Significance of Money. 5.Keeping and Accountancy -Elements of Double Entry -Book.Method of Balancing accounts.the journal proper (simple problems). Modern Economic theory 2. 3. Hal R. Chandrasekharan Nair University question Note: Part I and Part II to be answers in separate answer books. Rudder Dutt and K. Environment and Development – Basic Issues – Sustainable Development and Environmental Accounting – Population – Resources and the Environment – Poverty and the Environment – Growth versus the Environment – The Global Environment .M. 302 HUMANITIES L-T-P/D.ACCOUNTANCY (1 Period per week) Module III Book. Mohinder Kumar Sharma _ Business Environment in India 4. Final accounts: Preparation of trading and profit and loss Account.P.Keeping-rules for journalizing -Ledger accounts –Cash book-Banking transactions – Trial Balance.GNP – GDP – NNP – Per Capita Income – Three Sectors of the Economy – Primary – Secondary. New Delhi. Double Entry book Keeping – Batliboi 9. Stock Market and present scenario – Industrial sector past and present – Industry Analysis – Electronics – Chemical – Automobile – FMCG Industry. K. A Systematic approach to Accounting: Dr K. Himalaya publishing House. Michael – Todaro. Production function – Law of Variable proportion – Returns to scale Least cost combination of inputs – Cost concepts – Cost output relationship Module -II Inflation – causes of inflation – measures to control inflation – Demand – Pull inflation – cost push inflation – effects of Inflation – effects of inflations comparison between inflation and deflation. International Trade and Public Finance. Meaning of Demand and Supply – Types of demand – Determinants of Demand – Demand forecasting. Koutsiannis (second Edition) Micro Economics 8. Banking.Introduction to Accounting packages (Description only) References : 1. Mithani-Money. PART II . Part – I Economics Part A – 30 Marks (short answers) covering entire syllabus (3x10=30) Part B – 40 marks (50% choice one out of two or two out of four from each module) Part – II Accountancy Three questions covering entire syllabus out of which two questions has to be answered (2x15=30) 35 . Economic Development Addison Wesley Longman Ltd.M Sundaran – Indian Economy 6.G. D.08.ECONOMICS (2 periods per week) Credits: 3 Module – I Definition of Economics – Basic Concepts Goods – Choice of techniques – Production possibility curve National Income concepts . India’s Economic crisis in 1991 – New economic policy – Global Financial meltdown in 2008 – Applicability of Keynesian Theory to UDC’S. Varian – Intermediate Micro Economics 7.
K. Continuity equation. design of Pelton wheel – Inward and outward flow reaction turbines. Pressure at a point in a fluid. viscosity. Newton’s law of viscosity. static and total head.303 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINES L-T-D: 4-1-0 (MPU) Module – I Properties of fluid . workdone and efficiencies – Axial flow turbine (Kaplan ) Constructional features – Velocity triangles. Dimensional analysis : Rayleigh method.Piezo meter. Measurement of pressure . branching of pipes. Energies in flowing fluid. friction factor. head . Flow through pipes: Reynolds experiment. Eulers equation. exit.indicator diagram.effect of acceleration and friction on indicator diagram – multi cylinder pumps. (TMH) 4. rate of shear strain. bulk modulus. Practical applications: Flow rate measurements.Losses at entry.reciprocating pump – air vessels and their purposes – separation and cavitation . Darcy. Pearson education.Poiseuille equation.slip negative slip and work required and efficiency. forced and spiral vortex flows. similarity and model testing-selection of water turbines for power plants. Fluid Mechanics. F. Douglas. John Wiley and sons 3.weisbach equation.work done and efficiencies – Characteristic curves of turbines – theory of draft tubes – surge tanks – Cavitation in turbines – Governing of turbines – Specific speed of turbine . Robert W. Theory and applications of fluid mechanics. efficiency and losses. Hydraulic Machines Credits: 5 36 . Performance characteristics-multistage pumps-selection of pumps-pumping devices-hydraulic ram jet pumps. scale Laws – Unit speed – Unit discharge and unit power Module –III Positive displacement pumps. vane pump and lobe pump. Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines 7. incompressible and compressible fluids. Newtonian and nonNewtonian fluids. Hydraulic Turbines : Impulse and Reaction Turbines – Pelton Wheel – Constructional features . jet ratio & work done . I. sudden expansion and sudden contractions. Mody’s chart. surface tension. Buckingham theorem – Dimensionless numbers Similarity Laws – Shape numbers – Impeller shapes based on shape numbers References : 1. Subrahmanya. real and ideal fluids. dynamic. J. Pascal’s Law. H.rotodynamic pumpscentrifugal pump impeller.08. Specific weight. compressibility. Type Number– Characteristic curves. priming. Laminar and Turbulent flow. Compound pipes. water hammer Transmission of power through pipes (simple problems) Module – II Impact of jets: Stationary and moving vanes – Flat and curved vanes – Series of vanes work done and efficiency. Rotary motion of liquids – free.Velocity measurements.Venturi and Orifce meters.work. 2. Introduction to fluid dynamics.Density. gear pumps. Mechanics of fluids 6. Hagen. velocity. Notches and Weirs (description only for notches and weirs). R K Bansal. Fox. manometers. losses and efficiencies. Atmospheric pressure. Bernoulli’s equation.Francis Turbine – Constructional features – Velocity triangles. Gauge pressure and Absolute pressure. casings –manometric head. head loss due to friction. Turbulent flow through pipes. Chezy’s formula .pressure. Shames. pressure gauges. specific speed. Jagadish Lal. siphon effect. Reynolds number.Velocity triangles – Euler’s equation – Speed ratio.Pitot tube and Pitot –static tube.
Fluid Mechanics. PART. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module.Rajput. N.8. Hydraulic Machines D S Kumar. 11. S Govinda Rao. R. John M Cimbala. 12. Fluid Mechanics & Machines . Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ). 37 . Standard Publishers. Tata McGraw-Hill Note The question paper shall contain two parts.K.A & PART – B Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Each question carries 20 marks. Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines Modi & Seth. Fluid flow mechanics Yunus A Cengel. 9. 10.
PHI Timoshenko. constitutive relation. Theory of simple bending-bending stress and shear stress distribution-rectangular. 5 Singh G. Mechanics of structures Vol I & II Egor P Popov. Poisson’s ratio. Thin cylinders and shells subjected to internal and external pressures – thick cylinders and spherical shellsLame’s equation – compound cylinders. References : S.P. composite bars. Slope and deflection of beams. Analysis of pin-jointed plane perfect frames by the method of joints. members with varying cross section. bulk modulus of elasticity. concept of strain. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. thermal stress.gradually and suddenly applied impact loads.08. Ane Books India. normal strain and shear strain. Srinath. Strength of Materials Timoshenko S. Engineering Mechanics of solids. Module II Shear force and bending moment diagrams– cantilever. deformation of axially loaded bars. 6 L. principle of superposition. computation of slope and deflection of simply supported and cantilever beams. lateral strain. D. One out of Two from each module) 1 2 3 4 38 .deflection differential equation. load. Direct and bending stress – short columns – core of section Crippling load-Eulers equation. Module III Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts-power transmitted by shafts. Stress transformation (2D only) principal stress and Mohr’s circle. New Delhi. modulus of rigidity.Macaulay’s method. New Delhi. Strain energy due to axial loads. Mechanics of Materials. volumetric strain.. Strength of materials.B. Saint-Venant’s Principle and stress concentration.304 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS L-T-D: 3-1-0 (MPU) Module I Credits : 4 Concept of stress – normal stress and shear stress.M. Concept of stress and strain tensor. Hooke’s law. plane strain and examples. generalised Hooke’s law.Junarkar. definition of plane stress. modulus of elasticity. CBS Publishers & Distributors. Gere.S. circular and I sections. Tata McGraw-Hill Note: University question paper consists of two parts Part A – 40 Marks (8 compulsory questions of 5 marks each to cover the entire syllabus) Part B – 60 marks ( 50% Choice. simply supported and over hanging beams-concentrated and UD loads. and J. relationship between elastic constants.
Rajput. Rotary compressors. 2.classifications. emissivity. efficiency. psychometric chart. Buckingham’s Π theorem and its application to Natural and forced convection heat transfer. Sachdeva Heat Transfer . Radiation heat transfer between infinite parallel plates.C. Module III Refrigeration-Definition. Fans and Blowers-classification.Layout. effect of regeneration.Ammonia –water system and Electrolex system. counter flow.D. wet and superheated cycle.. T. Critical radius and its significance. volumetric efficiency and free air delivered (FAD). reheating-. effect of intercooling. working and field of applications (description only) Gas turbines. work done. two stage compression. evaporator. Concept of black body.08.Classifications-open closed and semi closed cycle and working cycles. work output. Air cycles-reversed Carnot cycle.A & PART – B 1. absorptivity. Heat exchangers-Classification-Parallel flow. hollow spheres and their composites. intercooling. Unit. Fourier law of heat conduction. T-s and p-h diagram.P .Newton law of cooling. Convection. Thermal Engineering. reflectivity and transmissivity. Absorption refrigeration. Analysis of Heat Exchangers –LMTD and NTU methods Module II Compressors-Classifications.L Ballaney Refrigeration & Air conditioning. Note The question paper shall contain two parts. Vapour refrigeration cycle-layout. Radiation-Stefan Boltzman law. COP. working.J P Holman Applied Thermo Dynamics for Engineering.General Heat Conduction Equation in Cartesian and Polar Coordinates.Eastop and A McConkay. condenser. Log mean area. Load Calculation in air conditioning systems. One-dimensional conduction through plane wall. Reference: Thermal Engineering. reciprocating compressor-p-v diagram.Modes of heat transfer. emissive power.P Arora Fundamentals of engineering Heat and Mass Transfer. effect of sub cooling and superheatingLiquid suction heat exchanger. psychometric processproblems. Credits : 4 39 . PART. variation of temperature. the factors influencing the load calculation. 3. C. 4. 5. hollow cylinder. optimum pressure ratio. thermal conductivity and thermal resistance. Pearson Education. Bell Coleman cycle.R. 305 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Heat transfer. Air conditioning. Factors affecting conductivity.psychrometry-basic definitions. efficiencies. method of improving COP. 6. Grey body – Kirchoffs law. overall heat transfer coefficient. simple saturated cycle. effect of variation in pressure. heat transfer coefficient. effect of clearance.
Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Each question carries 20 marks. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ). 40 .
Balagopal.Gill.Prabhu. University examination duration – 4 hours Part A and Part B are to be answered in separate answer books Part A (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions. P.08. N. 3.S. The second question is from Module 2.I.A (MPU) Machine Drawing 0-0-2 Credits : 5 Conversion of pictorial views into Orthographic views – Sectional views. Building drawing and detailing. Bhatt. lock nuts. It contains 3 sub divisions and any 2 has to be answered. 2.Varghese. 3. Dutta B. Module I carries 30 marks and module II carries 20 marks. Dimensioned drawing which is a compulsory question and carries 30 marks. Machine Drawing PART – B Civil Engg. 306 ENGINEERING DRAWING L-T-D: 1-0-4 PART . types of sectional views. Hydraulic joint and Union Joint. Parkinson. butt joints (chain and zigzag with multiple rows. Bushed Pin flexible coupling. single storied and two storied). P. Single plate clutch and Cone friction clutch. factory building with steel trusses for small scale industries. Machine Drawing 2. Sectional drawings of Socket and spigot joint. Part B (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions from each module and one has to be answered from each. single strap and double strap).. The first question is from module-1 which carries 20 marks.D. Module II Estimating: Principles of estimation. Pipe joint-socket and spigot. different types of keys. Machine Drawing 4. Drawing & Estimation Module I Drawing : Principles of building drawing. Plummer block. forms of rivet heads. BIS standards Module-1 Free hand sketching: Screw thread forms and conventional representations. Chakrabarti M. Module-2 Dimensioned drawing: Hexagonal and square headed bolt with nut. Knuckle Joint. Machine Drawing. Rigid flange couplings. Conventions-Dimensioning techniques.Vincent Paul.. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. References: 1. (2x10=20 marks). residential building (RCC and tiled roof. preparation of drawing of buildings such as office building. Pipe joints: Sectional drawings of Cast Iron Flanged joint. quantity estimation and cost estimation of building such as residential building and factory buildings. foundation bolts.N.S.R. 1-0-2 41 . References: 1. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. Riveted Joints – Lap (chain and zigzag with multiple rows).
Determination of Darcy’s coefficients.L-T-D: 0-0-2 08.) Scheme of Examination:Exam. High carbon steel and Cast Iron specimens 2. vacuum gauge. 6. manometers. Duration: 3 hrs. Hardness test (Brinell Hardness & Rockwell Hardness) 7. stop valve. Spring test (Open and closed coiled ) 8. 4. Bending test on Wood 9. 08. venturi meters and orifice meters.centrifugal – reciprocating. Chain Surveying and Levelling ( 4hrs only.308 FLUID MECHANICS LAB L-T-D: 0-0-2 Credits : 2 1. Torsion test on MS Rod 4. No examination for chain surveying and levelling. 2. Study of Turbines. Hydraulic coefficient of a circular orifice. gate valve and foot valve. but viva shall be asked. Determination of coefficient and discharge of an orifice by the time of emptying method and Constant head method. Test on Mild Steel. 5. Performance test on Rotodynamic and Positive displacement pumps 8. Determination of metacentric height and Centre of pressure of floating bodies.impact and reaction types. Coefficient of discharge and calibration of Notches. Shear test on MS Rod 3. gauges and valves . flow measuring equipments-water meters-venturi meter-orifice meter-current meter. Izod and Charpy Impact tests 6. 3.307 CIVIL ENGINEERING LAB (MPU) Credits : 2 Experiments 1.pressure gauge. Determination of Moment of Inertia of Rotating Bodies 10. Performance test on Impulse and Reaction turbines 42 . 7. Torsion test using Torsion Pendulum on MS. Study of pumps. Study of meters. Aluminium and Brass wire 5.
3. Numerical Methods with programming. Power series-radius of convergence-Taylors and Laurents series-zeros and singularities – Residues and residue theorem.Runge Kutta methods(derivation of formulae not required for the above methods.Each question carries 20 marks.Raphson method.V Ramana. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Numerical integration. Weiley Eastern. Thomson Pub. 4. regula false method.S Grewal. Examination Duration: 3 hours Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts. Peter v. S. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Erwin Kreizig. C T. Solution linear systems by Gauss elimination and Gauss-Seidal method. Lagranges interpolation formula. Newtons forward and backward interpolation formula. Khanna Publishers.Sastry. w=sin z .08. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Greenberg.Bilinear transformation Module II Complex Integration:Line integral. Eulers method. Evaluation of real definite integrals2 ∞ f (sin θ .Veerarajan and T. 6. B. B. O’neil.Ramachandran. 7. Higher Engineering Mathematics. cosθ ) dθ . Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule.) References: 1. Milne Thomson method Conformal mapping:The Transformations w=1/ z . Tata Mc Graw hill. f (x ) dx with no poles of f (z ) 0 on the real axis (proof of theorems not required) Module III Numerical Techniques:Errors in numerical computation-solution of algebraic and transcendental equations by bisection method.continuity and differentiation of complex functions. Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . Introductory methods of numerical analysis. w=z2 .Newton. 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHB) Module I Credits 4 Complex Differentiation: Limits .S. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Pearson.401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III L-T-P/D.Numerical solutionof ODE Taylor series method. Analytic functions-Cauchy Reimann equations in Cartesian form (proof of necessary part only) properties of analytic functions-harmonic functions. −∞ 43 .Cauchy’s integral theorem-Cauchy’s integral formula.w=cos z . w=z+1/ z . 5. 2.
Key words. A Hands on Approach. Identifiers. Lippman and Josee Lajoie.base class and derived class.Wheatley. conditional. Functions with default arguments. array and pointer. Arrays – one dimensional & two dimensional. logical. The question paper shall contain two parts (Part A and Part B). boolean. Pearson Education. Applied Numerical Analysis .inline functions.08. Lagrange. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one each from module. TataMcgraw Hill. switch. arithmetic. Introduction to C++: Structure of C++ program. Pearson Education. enumeration. 3-1-0 (MNPU) Credits 4 Module – I Introduction to Computer programming concept . data members. Ashok M.O. 4. Simple programs using above features. Input and output streams. ofstream . member access. Functions. C++ Primer. 44 . real. 7. Interpolation – Newton’s Divided difference. Balaguruswamy. Numerical problems and preparation of computer programs for the above methods References : 1. constructor and destructor. Curve fitting – method of least squares – non-linear relationships – Correlation and Regression – Linear correlation – measures of correlation – Standard error of estimate – coefficient of correlation. declaration statements. Module –II Introduction to Class and Object. function over loading. Learning C++. Prentice Hall. friend declaration.Inverse interpolation.definition. recursion. Solution of Partial differential equations – classification – Laplace equation – Finite difference methods – relaxation methods. 6.F. Input/output stream libray . fstream.ifstream. 3. while. Kamthane. Numerical Methods. Balaguruswamy. Gerald and P. Object Oriented Programming with C++. if-else. comma and bitwise operators. break and continue statements. TataMcgraw Hill. dowhile. member function. C. Object oriented Programming with ANSI & Turbo C++.402 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING & NUMERICAL METHODS L-T-P/D. Statements – simple & compound. string.Algorithm and flow chart. Constant and Variables. relational. Aitken. Nabajyothi barkakati. Object Oriented Programming in C++ . 2. increment & decrement. Pearson Education. Stability and convergence of solution. Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. E. Inheritance. (3x 20 = 60 ). sizeof. class flies. Control statements -if. private & public member function. Module-III Errors and approximations – floating point arithmetic – sources of errors – control of errors – propagation of errors – condition and stability – Rate of convergence. Data types – integer. class objects. pointers. Nagler. Escape sequences. predefined classes. initialization. Stanley B. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ). Jaico publications. Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Operators – assignment. Basics of procedure oriented and object oriented programming. Operator overloading. 5. for loop. Hermite and Spline techniques. Each question carries 20 marks. character. Simple problems using the above features.
B. Nano materials. atomic packing factor. Mechanical Metallurgy. composition and uses of various types of Cast Iron and Steels . Precipitation hardening. allotropy and polymorphism. PVD.W. Effects of various alloying elements. Wulff-Series. Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. 403 METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 (MP) Module I Credits : 4 Classification of engineering materials-selection of materials with reference to properties. Solid solutions. Recovery. Dislocation.IV. Properties. one out of two from each module) 45 . Factors leading to crack formation. Indroduction to Material Science.Callister. 9. References : 1.K. Creep mechanism. Equilibrium diagrams-Construction and uses-Equilibrium diagram of binary alloys: Eutectic. Dieter. Plasma spraying. Fatigue crack growth. 8. composition and uses of Copper. space lattice.Richards. Properties.Effect of various alloying elements.Rajput. Electrical. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). L. Magnetic.III. Module II Diffusion mechanism. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. Tata McGraw Hill.K.II. Fick’s Laws. D-Gun spraying.Dogra & A. Critical cooling rate. Peritectic and peritectoid reactions.Agrawal. deformation temperature. Iron-Carbon Equilibrium diagram.Kataria &Sons. Recrystalisation and Grain Growth. Titanium and its alloys.. Miller indices. Strain hardening. Nuclear. Module III Testing of materials-Tensile and Compression test. Factors affecting plastic deformation. Hardenability tests. Surface treatments. William D. C. Eutectoid. R. Twinning. Thermal.Sharma. CVD. Fatigue mechanism. Slip. Engg Physical Metallurgy. Composites. Hume Rothery’s rule. Elements of Materials Science. Case Hardening. Isothermal TTT diagrams. Heat treatment processes. Advanced Material Science. Smart materials.S. Cynading. Introduction to Ceramics.K. Carburising. Dielectric properties. R. Elastic and Plastic deformation of metals. types of unit cells. crystal structure. Manufacuring Engg and Technology. Y. 5. Super conductivity and Super plasticity of materials. Engineering Material Science. Brittle fracture. Critical shear stress.W. 2. Energy balance approach. co-ordination number. Frank-Read source.K. Aluminum.Lakhtin. Physical Mechanical. imperfections in crystals. Nitriding. Griffith’s crack theory. service and economic considerations. Material Science Vol-I. John Wiley.Van Wlanck. Metallic bonds. De-lamination theory. 6. Significance of fracture mechanics. Ductile fracture. Ductile-brittle transition in steels. Gibb’phase rule.08. Serope Kalpakjain et al. 7. Impact test. Thermal spraying.Induction hardening. Material Science and Engineering.K. Theory of alloys. 3. 10. Introduction of Engineering materials. 4.
CO2 process. forging process. Solidification of castings: mechanism of dentritic growth. press forging. Rolling: Principles of metal rolling. Module II Special casting process: Permanent mould casting. Electromagnetic forming Module III Forging: Classification of forging. Lal Metal Process engineering. size and location. 3. Rolling mills and their classification. pattern materials. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks).Rao. forging hammer and forging press. Core making: types. one out of two from each module) 46 . HERF –Explosive forming. Poulukhin Processes and Materials of Manufacture. 7. Principles of manufacturing materials and process. design of sprue. Riser design. 4. Casting defects: causes and remedies. wires and tubes. Processes and applications of metal spinning and stretch forming processes. 404 L-T-P/D : 2-1-0 PRODUCTION PROCESS –I Credits : 3 Module-I General introduction to classification of production process: Foundry: Pattern making. smith forging. ASM metal Hand Book Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts.08. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R Schmid. 2. Expandable pattern casting (lost form). Pearson Education. centrifugal casting. Press working. Roll passes. types of pattern. die casting alloys. Defects in rolling special products like tube. Campbell Production technology. Semi-finished and finished roll products. Drawing of rods. Gating and risering: functions of gating and risering system. riser shake. Hydro forming. Tata McGrawHill. Sand moulding procedure. types of sand moulding and moulding sand. wheel and tyre. sand conditioning and reclamation. Forging dies. upset forging. Chvorinov’s rule. 5. process involving shearing. Lindberg. 8. Pearson Education Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. Roy A. gating system. Jain and Gupta Foundry technology. shell moulding. Forming and Welding. P. solidification rate and time. properties and ingredients of core sand. Precision investment casting. gating ratio. 6. characteristic forged products. bending. drawing and squeezing application. Extrusion: process. Sand testing methods. methods and applications. drop forging.N. Reference: 1. Manufacturing Technology – Foundry. pattern allowances. ingredients and the properties of moulding sand. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. die casting. pattern design. forging defects.
-W. drives adopted and tools used. Machine Tools Vol. indexing-simple. J. Pearson Education.main parts and functions. Boring machines. Honing and lapping. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). Cutting action of grinding wheels. Production Technology 4.III Milling machines. Reference : 1. profile grinding. cylindrical grinding.Cutting speed and feeds. Work shop Technology Part 3 6. centreless grinding and surface grinding operations. Lathes: Engine Lathes – specification-general study of main parts and tool and work holding devices. deep hole drilling. Turret. Production Technology 3. milling operations.specifications. tool and cutter grinders.types and specifications. Processes and material manufacture 5.Capstan.I Introduction to metal removal process – types of machine tools. main parts and functions.coolants used-Factors governing wheel selectionblocking and dressing. 2 2. Automatic and semi-automatic lathes . Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. operations. Grinding machines. work and tool holding devices. operations. K. Module. one out of two from each module) 47 .Richard R Kibbe. types of milling cutters. plain. Machine Tool Practices -Hajre Chaudhery -HMT -R. drilling tool nomenclature. compound and differential. Jain -Roy A Lindburg. main parts and functions. main parts and functions. applications and essential difference from engine lathe. Pearson education Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. Drilling machinestypes and specifications. work and tool holding devices.II Shaping. planning. Milling of spur and helical gears. Champonen . Module. boring machines. Thread grinding. and slotting machines . turning time calculations. reaming. lathe operations and cutting tools used. operations. 405 L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS – I Credits : 4 Module. Copying. speed and feed for turning. A. Types of lathes .08 .main parts and functions.their working principles. examples of work done.
Geometric tolerance and its indications on drawing. The first question is from Module-1 and shall contain 3 sub divisions out of which 2 to be answered (2x10=20marks). P. spindle.I. Surface texture. Tool head for shaping machine. tool post.indication of surface roughness. Pearson Education 48 . form tolerance and position tolerance.Gill 4. P. Module-2 Assembly and working drawing (Part drawing).08. Note: The question paper shall contain 2 questions.Lathe tail stock. Ramsbottom safety valve and lever safety valve. surface treatment. Machine Drawing . indication of production method. IS specifications.Shaft bearing and supports – Pedestal bearings. Reference 1. Machine parts .Varghese 3. Parkinson 5.Stop valve for boilers.S.D. Bhatt 2. Machine Drawing. Machine Drawing. screw jack.406 L-T-P/D : 0-0-4 PRODUCTION DRAWING Credits : 4 Module-1 Information to be furnished in drawings. N. The second question is from Module-2 carries 80 marks and is a compulsory question. Bench vice and Machine vice. Engine parts – Piston and Connecting Rod.C. ND Junnarkar.Fits and Tolerances. Plummer block and foot step bearing. Machine Drawing. Valve . Machine Drawing. I.
E.Study of tools and accessories. Experiment on I C Engines a) Load test to obtain performance curves based on B.M. Study of pollution testing equipment and flue gas analyser 3. 408 L-T-P/D : 0-0-3 MACHINE TOOLS LAB Credits : 3 1. Repairing of I C engines – tools and accessories used for it 4. Determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products 5.C engines :a) Diesel engines . groove (ball and cup) and thread cutting. Shaping Machines: Study of tools and accessories. exercise on plane and taper turning.P b) Heat Balance test i. 08. Study of I. Morse test on petrol engine. Determination of viscosity of lubricating oil using Redwood Viscometer 6. Flue gas analysis method iii. exercise on drilling machines. 49 .P and B. Volumetric efficiency method c) Valve timing diagram d) Economic speed test e) Best cooling water Temperature test f) Retardation test g) Volumetric efficiency and Air-fuel ratio test 8. liquid and gaseous fuels using Bomb calorimeter and Gas Calorimeter 7. Determination of calorific value of solid. exercise on shaping flat surfaces and V-groove 3. Heat exchanger method ii. 407 ME LAB Credits : 3 1. Lathe: Study of tools and accessories. 2.L-T-D: 0-0-3 08. Drilling machines: .all systems and parts b) Petrol engines .all systems and parts 2.
Basic feasible solution .Duality in LPP . difference of two proportions. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).Hypothesis concerning a mean.General linear programming problem .Distribution functions . Veerarajan.Degenerate and non-degenerate solutions Optimal solution . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. 4. uniform.Principle of least squares . Poisson.501 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING MATHS IV (CMPU) Credits : 4 Module I Discrete and continuous random variables and their probability distributions Probability distribution (density) functions . exponential and normal distributions Module II Curve fitting . II and III. T. Addison Wesley Ravindran.Standard form . Module III Linear programming . Philips.Computing probabilities using Binomial.Formation of LPP .Solution by simplex method .Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation . Operations Research.Solution of LPP basic solution .Interval estimation of population mean and proportions ( small and large samples) .Fitting a straight line . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). 50 .Big-M method Canonical form of LPP .Binomial.Mean and Variance of the above distributions . Probability and statistics for engineers. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Sampling distributions .Linear correlation and regression .Testing of Hypothesis .Slack and surplus variables .08.Estimation .Normal distribution . uniform and exponential distributions . Equality of means .Standard error . 2. Wiley University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 3. TMH Richard A.graphical solution . Linear Programming. Hadly.Mean and Variance Simple problems. .Fitting a parabola . Poisson. Johnson.Hypothesis concerning one proportion. Probability and Random Processes. Solberg. Pearson G.Properties of normal distribution . Part A and Part B.Artificial variables .Properties of primal and dual optimal solutions solution using duality Reference 1.
B. Applications of dc shunt series and compound motors. References: 1. Equivalent circuits.502 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY (MPU) Credits : 4 Module-I DC Machines-principle of operation-emf equation-types of excitations. A text book of electrical technology-.08. Principles of starting. 3. Module-II Transformers – principles of operations – emf equation. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).no load and blocked rotor tests.principle of operation of single phase induction motor – split phase motor – capacitor start motor. shunt and series excited DC generators. Separately excited. Auto transformers constant voltage transformer.types – emf equation of alternator – regulation of alternator by emf method. Principles of operation of synchronous motors.simple numerical problems. compound generators.simple numerical problems. torque and power with motor current.torque slip characteristics. Circle diagrams.V curvessynchronous condenser.principles of operation – rotating magnetic field.K.universal motor Synchronous machines.B.maximum efficiency – allday efficiency – simple numerical problems. II and III.Theraja.stepper motor. Principles of dc motors-torque and speed equations-torque speed characteristics. Electric traction – systems of power supply – functional schematic of ac electric locomotivestypes of motors used in traction systems. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Methods of speed control – methods of braking. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). 2. 51 . Three phase induction motors.efficiency calculations. 4.slip ring and squirrel cage types.L.Theraja Art and utilization of electric energy – Partab Principles of electrical and electronics – V.R & Vandana Singal University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part A and Part B.methods of starting. occ and load characteristics.instrument transformers. General idea of armature reaction.vector diagrams. Metha Fundamentals of electric machines – Guptha . losses and efficiency – load test.methods of starting – direct online – auto transformer – star delta and rotor resistance starting Module-III Single phase motors.variations of speed.losses and efficiency – OC and SC tests. A.K. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.
. Ballaney.calculation of minimum number of teeth. Rachet and pawl mechanisms.graphical layout of cam profiles. contact ratio. Transmission angle. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler . Pearson Education 8.S. flat faced or roller followers-. Velocity analysis of mechanisms: Velocity analysis – Instantaneous center of velocity.08.Description of Absorption and Transmission type dynamometers Module – III Gears: Types of gears –Terminology. (Slider crank mechasim only) Module – II Velocity and acceleration analysis of mechanisms: Relative velocity method -Relative acceleration method –Graphical method ..Coriolis component of acceleration Klien’s Construction Belt – Rope –Chain Drives: Introduction – Open and ccross belt drive – length of belt – ratio of belt tensions – centrifugal tensions. Amithabha Ghosh and Malik . Degrees of freedom – Kutzbach criterion – Grashof’s Law – Kinematic inversions – Concepts of mechanical advantage.standard follower motions– Disc cam with reciprocating or pivoted type knife edge. THM 5. Mechanism and Machine theory. Kinematics of Machines.initial tensions. band . Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 4. Mechanics of Machinery.Velocity and acceleration diagrams – Vector methods . Narosa 7. Pearson Education 52 .interference and under cutting. Ramamoorthi. band and block brakes-internal expanding shoe brakes. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. Dynamometers. S. arc of contact. number and dimensional synthesis – function generation – chebyshev spacing – Three position synthesis – graphical methods – Analytical methods. Torque in epicyclic gear trains. path of contact. Cams: Classification of cams and followers-Terminology . Introduction to graphical and vector approaches. Rao and Dukkipatti. Shigley and Uicker. Synthesis: Introduction to kinematic synthesis – types. Rattan. Theory of machines..effect of friction in gears. Gear trains: Types of gear trains-compound. Description of Tangent cam and circular arc cams (No problems). Steering mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms – Intermittent motion mechanisms – Geneva mechanism.Wiley Eastern 3. Myzka. reverted and epicyclic. P.Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 6. V. Straight line mechanisms – Watt mechanism – Peaucellier mechanism – Harts mechanism.law of gearing – gear tooth profiles.V belt drive-Rope drive – Power tramsmitted Friction Clutches: Plate clutches – Conical clutches –power tramsmitted Brakes and Dynamometers: Types of brakes: Analysis of shoe . Aronhold & Kennedy’s theorem – locating instantaneous centers (upto 6 link mechanisms) – Velocity analysis using instantaneous method – Centrodes velocity analysis – analytical method. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed.Freudensteins equations.503 THEORY OF MACHINES (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction: Terminology – definitions and assumptions. Coupler curve.L.McGraw Hill 2. References 1.
II and III. Part A and Part B. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). 53 .University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).
Micro controllers – Intel 8051 – Architecture. Muhammad H Rashid.. John Wiley and sons 5. Transducers – LED. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 54 . delay time. Applications for industrial measurement and control. Stability of a system-definition-stability analysis using Routh hurwitz criterion. Thomson India edition 3.TRIAC. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Instruction set of 8051 – Programming examples (addition. Harish C. II and III. The 8051 Microcontroller 3rd Edn. Frequency response -frequency domain specifications-bandwidth and resonant peak. Module III Control systems: Open loop and closed loop control systems. Ned Mohan. Power Electronics. Rai.Principle and applications. New Delhi University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. time domain specifications-rise time.Resistance welding-sequence timer. Working and characteristics of UJT and IGBT. 6th Edn. addressing modes. special function registers.Actuators. References 1. Second order systems . memory organization.response to step input. Application of 8051 microcontroller based temperature control system. register banks.. Ayala. DAC. 2nd Edn. PHI. Kuo. Transfer function-electrical system. Module II Data acquisition system-block diagram and explanation of each block. Photoelectric devices. Principle of PD. Part A and Part B. 2nd Edn. Structure and working of power BJT. peak overshoot and falling time.. Stability analysis in frequency domain using Bode plot. PHI 4. Industrial and power electronics. application and Design. Benjamin C. ADC . subtraction. Photo transister and Photovoltaic cell. Converters-Single phase half wave and Bridge converters. interfacing with 7-segment LED display only). Power Electronics.principle of operations of APD.504 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (MP) L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Thyristors-Working and characteristics of SCR. peak time.Laser diode andThermistors .08. Converters. 8 bit multiplication and 8 bit division.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. PI and PID controllers. PHI 2. Automatic cotrol system. mechanical system. Dielectric heating and Induction heating .
Khanna Publishers 6. 55 . seam. Welding Technology . X ray testing procedures. ultrasonic welding. laser beam welding. & D. TIG & MIG welding. Heat affected zone. metal arc welding. Gas welding: Principles of gas welding Oxy – Acetylene welding. advantages. Types of welding flames. welding equipment.C. welding electrodes-consumable & non –consumable. Non destructive testing of weldments . equipment. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Soldering & brazing: Methods & applications.Radhakrishnan. electron beam welding. Defects in welding – their causes and remedies. II and III. projection. joint design. Part A and Part B. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Residual stresses and stress relieving techniques.Little R. Reference: 1. submerged arc welding. Types of joints & edge preparation in welding process. disadvantages &application of arc welding. thermit welding. Ltd. welding of dissimilar metals. welding technique. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. safety precautions in gas welding . Thermal effects of welding on welded joints. Cold welding & electrical resistance. electrode coding. Weldability of cast iron. Welding Technology .L.Field of application of gas welding.ultrasonic dye penetrant. hardness and ductility. Tata McGraw-Hill 2. filler materials & fluxes.ASME 3. Principle of operation.P.505 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCTION PROCESS II Credits : 4 Module I Classification and general consideration of metal joining techniques-Pressure Welding Process. Welding symbols. New age International Pub. under water welding. Testing of welded joints: Destructive testing of weldments – Strength.O.Khanna 5. Welding Process and Technology . welding of plastics. magnetic particle inspection. Straight & reverse polarity Principle. Welding Engineering Handbook . Oxy-Acetylene welding. A. rare and coated. Resistance welding processes-their principle. diffusion welding. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.M. Atomic Hydrogen welding. plasma arc welding. Welding Technology and Design .Partner R.V. Joint design.types . Microstructure of welded joints. gas cutting . Module II Electric arc welding: Principle of arc welding.Rossi 4. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Module III Electro slag welding.C. Welding Engineering . percussion and flash welding.S. welding equipments. plain steels and aluminum.08.spot.
Shear and Compressive strength).507 L-T-D: 0-0-3 PRODUCTION PROCESS LAB Credits : 3 Welding : Preparation of joints. Determination of . critical speed.Metal arc welding. (Tensile. Drain and transfer characteristics of JFET 12. load test on three phase squirrel cage induction motor 8. MIG welding. Exercises in making moulds using single piece.observe the waveforms on CRO 56 . Hardness test. Bending.Grain size sieve analysis.08. Inspection of castings. Foundry & Casting: Testing of foundry sand and sand mould. Half wave and full wave rectifiers with and with out filters.506 ELECTIVE I Refer Elective Section 08. input resistance and output resistance 11. Load test on DC series motor 5. Load characteristics of DC compound generator 4. TIG welding. Load characteristics of a dc shunt generator.508 L-T-D: 0-0-3 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB (MPU) Credits : 3 1. Load test on single phase transformer 7. Load test on DC shunt motor 6. 08. additional resistance required in the field circuit. Exercises on different types of welding . OCC on a DC shunt generator. Input and output characteristics of CE and CB configurations of BJTs. Melting & pouring practice. Permeability and Moisture content. 2. Load test on three phase slip ring induction motor 9. Static V-I characteristics of SCR 13. Green and Dry strength. Exercises on testing of weld joints – destructive and non–destructive. 3.determination of critical resistance. Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor by star delta switch. V-I characteristics of diodes and zener diode 10. split piece and three piece patterns. Gas welding and Resistance welding.
covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Measurement of major elements of Screw threads and Gears.Allowance. Angle gauges.R. accuracy. ring. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). clino-meters. Angular measurements using bevel protractors. Co-ordinate measuring machine.plug. Gap. 2. Concepts of machine Vision system – CCD.Static and Dynamic characteristics of Transducers and Dynamometers.Simple problems.Principle of Interferometry – Optical flat – Interferometers – angle dekkor Autocollimators. Module II Comparator:.Mechanical. Snap gauges. Electrical and Electronic comparators. sine bar.Limit gauges design. Surface Finish.08.601 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION (MP) Credits : 4 Module-I General Principles of Measurement: Introduction Concept of Precision. Considerations. Surface roughness measuring instruments – Different types. sensitivity. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Line standard and End standards – slip gauges. CID cameras. Hand book of Industrial Metrology – ASME University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Interchangeability & selective assembly. A text book of engineering of metrology. Classification of Limit gauge. II and III. 57 . Taylor’s principles.Strain Measurement: Types of strain gauges. Stress.I.methods of Least Squares. C.Gauges tolerance and wear allowance.gauges materials.Classification. position gauges etc – merits and demerits.Simple problems. application. K. Tool makers. Gupta 5. Part A and Part B.Systems of limits and fits. Limits and Fits:. K. Pneumatic. Optical Measuring Instruments:. Reference : 1.Microscope. Basic standards of length. Engineering precision metrology – R. Gupta. spirit levels. taper.Strain measurements by using resistance strain gauges and Mechanical strain gauges-types. Optical. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. calibration. Module III Transducers:.Deviation as per BIS (simple problems). C. optical dividing head. Tolerance. Mechanical and Industrial measurements. Jain 4. Basic concept in static and dynamic measurements: Analysis of Experimental errors Gaussian and normal error Distribution.Surface Texture – Evaluation of surface roughness. Engineering metrology – R. Jain 3. Measurement system (Application and Design) – Ernest O Doebelin. 6.
II and III.08. Dynamics of Machinery. beam. -forced vibrations.. Mechanisms and Machine theory 8.geared systems. S S Rattan.Turning moment diagrams. Module II Governors: Types of governors – Watt . Torsional vibrations. Natural frequency .Method of virtual workPrincipal of super position Dynamic force analysis: Inertia force and inertia torque. Narosa 6.. Ramamoorthi. Shaking forces and moments.Undamped force vibrations.Free body diagrams-Conditions for equilibrium. Balancing: Static and Dynamic balancing .vibrometers – accelerometers. Part A and Part B.vibration isolation and transmissibility.fly wheel in different applications like IC engines. Pearson Education 4.L. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Proell and Hartnell governors – Sensitiveness – Hunting – Isocronism – Stability – Effort and power of governor – Controlling force.Balancing machines.Force due to support motion – Vibration measuring instruments .Balancing of revolving masses in different planes – Balancing of reciprocating mass – single cylinder engine – multi cylinder engine – V engines .TMH 7. . 58 . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. -analysis of gyroscopic action on vehicles-two wheelers.Free vibrations with viscous damping. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. McGrawhill 3.. Mechanics of Machinery. -Analysis of mechanisms. four wheelers. Ballaney P. -Punching press – Dimensions of the fly wheel rim – Size of fly wheel.Dunkerley’s method – Whirling of shafts – critical speed. Stability of an automobile – stability of a two wheel vehicle – Stabilization of ship. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler .. Shigley and Uicker. Elementary Mechanical Vibration & Noise Control. Holowenko.three rotor systems – Torsionally equivalent shaft . Gyroscopes: Principle. Equivalent dynamical systems. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed. Lasithan University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. .. Theory of Machines 5.602 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module – I Force analysis: Static force analysis: Graphical and vector method. -Analysis with sliding and pin friction.Porter. References 1. Free torsional vibrations – Single rotor . Amithabha Ghosh and Malik. different methods of analysis. D’Alemberts principle. Theory of Machines.Two rotor. Flywheel analysis: Fly wheel. Transverse vibration – string. Module III Vibration Analysis Types of vibrations – Basic elements of a vibrating system . air planes and ships.Force due to unbalance .two and three force members. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 9.four force members. John Wiley 2. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Analysis of mechanisms without considering friction. Rao and Dukkipati. V.logarithmic decrement.
Bresenhams algorithm. Ibrahim Zeid. 8. Graphic standards. Module II Computer graphics.Adams. 1998 7. post processing phase. arcs . D. Design Database. functions of CG packages.CAM Theory and Practice". 2D and 3D Transformations– translation. University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts.wire frame.parametric and features.assembly of global equations-solution procedure. Windowing and ClippingCohen Sutherland line clipping algorithm. Rogers and J. Data communications. Khanna Publishers.D. LCD and plasma discharge displays. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Necessity for CAD. Anderson.geometric modeling. Jr. interfaces to drafting. Thomson Learning 10. P. CAD/CAM. New York 3.” Harlow. Applications of Virtual Reality in product design. Module III Introduction to finite element analysis-steps involved in FEM. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing 6.Subramanyan. User interaction devices.Formulation of stiffness matrix . Interactive display devices. Isoparametric formulation. References: 1.Preprocessing phasediscretisation-types of elements selection of interpolation functions. Computer graphics software. Hardware in CADcomponents.A. " CAD / CAM / CIM "..formulation of load vector. and Basco.Transformation of coordinates. Hearn and Baker. CSG and BREP Techniques. New York. " Mathematical Elements in Computer Graphics ". Philippe Coiffet. Prentice Hall 4. DVST and raster scan displays. Virtual Reality: Introduction. J. Data Exchange Formats. " Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing ". Grigore Burdea.. M. New Age Int. Daryl Logan. Part A and Part B. design Analysis. Features of Soild Modeling Packages .F. McGraw-Hill Book Company. Virtual Reality Technology. Hidden surface removal algorithms – z-buffer algorithm.603 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (MPU) L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Computer Aided Design – Definition. A First course in Finite Element Method.Radhakrishnan and S. Prentice Hall 2.CRT. Belagundu. Solution of 1D and 2D structural and solid mechanics problems . Essex. Thirupathi R Chandrupatla and Ashok D. Computer Graphics. Pearson Education. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). “Computational fluid dynamics: An introduction for engineers. 59 .. "CAD . Design for Manufacture. directed beam refresh. scaling. Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Basics with Applications. England: Longman Scientific & Technical.Hill. R.08. Hardware and software for Virtual Reality environment. New York. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. B. McGraw. CST element. design review and evaluation. Sadhu Singh. concatenation of transformations. II and III. Design workstation. engineering analysis. Methods of defining points. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).linear static analysis. rotation. John Wiley and son 5. automated drafting. surface and solid models. Benefits of CAD. Mikell P Groover. Simple problems with Axial element beam element.. Abbott. New Delhi. 9. Design process – Application of computers in Design. D. 3D modeling: types of models. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. lines. Inc. mirroring. Ltd 6.
PAM. super finishing and burnishing –description. pull. mechanical. Upadhayay Sands and Shakespeare Geofrey Boothroyd University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Powder Metallurgy 8. AJM. effects and elimination of vibration in machine tools Module III Hydraulic circuits. Gear generating. Production Technology 5. methods. Module II Unconventional methods of machining: principle of working . and tools employed. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Work shop Technology vol-II 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.Mechanical. fundamentals of hydraulic circuits.methods of manufacturing. Process Engineering 3. . valves etc. thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes.principles of gear hobbing . Machine tool operation 2. USM. honing. Powder compaction .K Jain HMT ASM Vol.areas of applications and characteristics of the following operations. Production Technology 6. II Gopal S. moulding. Water jet cutting. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Operations – keyway broaching. Powder Metallurgy 9. Powder metallurgy Manufacture of metal powders. EBM. surface broaching.and gear finishing. hydraulic and combination systems . sources. Hydraulic copying system. Powder Metallurgy 7. broach construction. surface and continuous broaching machines.604 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS II Credits : 4 Module I Broaching machine: Description. their merits and demerits. types and specifications. Materials for machine tool structures. Part A and Part B. References: 1. Machine tool drives-electrical. Machine tool rigidity. forming and cutting. II and III. Burghardt Carry and Johnson Raghguvanshi R. CHM. external and internal spline broaching. EDM.08. Finishing operations-lapping. 60 .advantages and disadvantages. ECM. LBM.gear shaping . Sintering mechanism. hydraulic circuits for feed and cutting motion. Gear manufacturing . Broaching: Broaching machines: push. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools McGraw Hill.type of pumps. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components.
Design of leaf springs.compression. Shafts-torsion & bending of shafts.strength of welds -fillet welds. Design of Bolted joints.Design of pipes and pipe joints.cotters. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).605 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE THEORY AND DESIGN Credits : 4 Module I Definitions-design principles-common engineering materials and their properties-stresses in machine parts-Tension.Propeller shafts. Khurmi & J. Referances: 1.08. S. splines. Machine Design 6. Machine Design 7. K.stress concentration in welded joints. keys. Goodman & Soderberg method –impact stress& strain energy. Part A and Part B. Welded joints.Machine Design 3.K Jain M. P.hollow shafts. Module II Design of .spring materials – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of springs. Black Schaum’s Series R. Design of Machine Elements Jooseph Edward Shigly. - University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).classification and uses of springs . II and III. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.F Spotts. Gupta Abdulla Sherief R. Machine Design 4.Machine Design 5. Module III Springs. H.types of joints. shaft couplings-design of rigid & flexible couplings. 61 .pins. Pressure vessels – air receivers – thin and thick cylinders – engine cylinder . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Design of shafts for strength & stiffness-Effects of -Keyways.eccentric loading. Design 2. Design of threaded fasteners & power screws.shear-elastic constants-safe stress-factor of safetybending& Torsion –combined stress-theories of failure –stress concentration –variable stresses-endurance limit-fatigue Factor –Combined steady & variable stress-Gerber.Mechanical Engg.
University exam pattern: Duration – 3 hrs. Assembly and Finite Element Analysis software. Creation of 3D solid models.. Cast iron and Brass. 08. 11. 2.606 Refer Elective section ELECTIVE II 08. microstructure study of Steels. 4.607 L-T-D: 0-0-3 CAD LAB (P) Credits: 3 I.08. sine bar 6. Viva – 20 marks. Thermal analysis. Measurement of surface roughness using roughness measuring machines 10. a. height gauge and depth gauges. Heat treatment study –Effect on Mechanical properties and microstructure of Steels. Structural analysis. Measurements using Profile projector. III. 9. Grain size measurement. pneumatic and electronic comparators 8. Microstructure study: Specimen preparation. II. 5. angle gauges. Cast iron. b. Linear measurements using Vernier calipers and external and internal Micrometers. Part A – 40 marks from modeling. 3. Flatness testing of surface plates using auto collimators.608 L-T-D: 0-0-3 METALLURGY AND METROLOGY LAB Credits : 3 1. Slip gauges 7. Brass and Aluminum. Measurements using Universal Measuring Microscope 62 . Exercises on the application of Finite Element Method to engineering systems:a. Exercise on comparators: mechanical. The question paper shall consist of two parts. Exercises on modeling and assembly. Creation of assembled views of riveted joints. b. Part B – 40 marks from Assembly and/or Analysis. Introduction to Solid modeling. Angular measurements using Bevel protractors. cotter joints and shaft couplings.
Decision making: statistical decision theory. Layout planning. Formation of companies.701 L-T-D: 2-1-0 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND DECISION MODELLING (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Evolution of Scientific management. cooperative organizations and Government organizations. 3. product. selection.Tata Mc Graw Hill Principles of Management . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. References: 1.linear programming and its application in management. Marketing: Concepts. Organizational structure. 5. decision tree.C. II and III. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Asia Introduction to management science: Bernaud W Taylor III. Concept of pre modern. Game theory and its applications. Dhanpat Rai (pub) Industrial Engineering & Production Management..Objectives and function . Pearson Edn.Proprietary Partnership and joint stock companies –private limited. Queing theory: Single server models. process. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 4. public limited companies. PERT – probability of completion.factors to be considered – plant layout. 2. responsibility and span of control . Module III Quantitative techniques in management.system concept of management – Line. 6.Dhanpat Rai Industrial engineering and management: O P Khanna Fundamentals of operation research: Hillier and Lieberman Business Organisation & Management . Basu . Module II Facilities planning:-Selection of site.Authority. Principles & Practice of Management-T N Chabra. different types. transportation and assignment problems . 7.network theory – CPM – crashing of networks.R. project and matrix organization.Asia. Sales management. computerized planning techniques. Personal managementobjectives and function-recruitment. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Levels and skills of management.Fraidoon Mazda – Pearson Edn. Part A and Part B. Mahajan . modern and post modern management. 63 . -Market segmentation-marketing mix-product life cycle. M. orientation and training of workers – Industrial safety and health-Labour welfare –Industrial psychology –Labour legislation. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. marketing environment. Line and staff.Principles and functions of scientific management.08. 8.Tata McGraw Hill Engineering Management .forecasting of demand-different methods (simple problems).Tripathi & Reddy . fixed group technology layout.
Gordon M. Measuring system for NC machines: direct and indirect measuring system.. K. drives. Balasundaram.Mathematical models and basic building blocks of general mechanical. thresholding and connectivity method. David G.. New Delhi 2004. Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.702 MECHATRONICS (MPU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Mechatronics – Sensors and transducers: characteristics.. servo and stepper motors. brushless. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Wiley India Pvt. Varadan. AC. Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems. Introduction to Robotics: Analysis. Vijayaraghavan. Force and pressure sensors: piezoelectric sensor and strain gauge. Robotic vision Image acquisition: Vidicom and charge coupled device (CCD) cameras. 5. Niku.Working and applications of MEMS based accelerometer. automatic car park barrier system. Person Education. capacitive and eddy current methods. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems..08. Pneumatic. Adaptive control of machine tools. 6. Aldatore. Case studies of mechatronics systems: Pick and place robot. McGraw-Hill Inc. electrical. Michael B. W. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 64 . UK 1998. New Delhi 2008. Roller and ball screws. vibration and acoustic emission sensors. ultrasonic. Bearings: anti-friction bearings. hydraulic and mechanical actuation systems used for mechatronics devices. J. England 2006. Saeed B. Proximity sensors: Magnetic. Applications. New Delhi 2007. M. 3. References 1. New Delhi 2006. II and III. pressure sensor and gyroscope Module II Design of modern Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines and mechatronics elements . Vijay K.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. fluid and thermal systems. Principle and types of force. S. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Displacement and position sensors. Histand. G. Inc. Gopalakrishnan.K. Vinoy. 7. Ltd. Bolton. Resolvers and synchros. Mechatronics. Module III Mechatronics in Robotics-Electrical drives: DC. input/output processing. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS): Fabrication methods . temperature. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. optical. 4. Smart Material Systems and MEMS: Design and Development Methodologies. Ramachandran. Part A and Part B. Systems. Industrial Robotics. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) – Architecture. USA 2003. automobile engine management system. inductive. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. HMT. Velocity and motion sensors..Machine structure: guide ways. Prentice Hall International. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Image processing techniques: histogram analysis. Harmonic drive. Tactile sensor. Person Education Limited. 2..S.P. Mair. K. System modeling . hydrostatic bearing and hydrodynamic bearing. Range finders: ultrasonic and light based range finders. development of simple ladder diagrams.
feasibility and strategies – Adaptive Control Constraint (ACC) and Optimization (ACO). Introduction to CAM – Numerical Control (NC).S. 8. Module III Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) – Components. 3.Absolute and incremental. Andreas Gebhardt. Raju. Subramanian. P. Computer Aided Inspection (CAI) and Testing (CAT) – Effects of implementing CAI and CAT. 3D printing. Rapid Prototyping (RP): Concept and methods – Stereolithography (SL). types. Rapid Prototyping. D. 65 . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from modules I. Non-contact optical methods for CAI – Machine vision. Industrial robot – Basic elements.Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) – Retrieval and regenerative approaches. Sequential and concurrent engineering – Concepts and features. classification and coding – OPITZ and MICLASS systems.From product design to marketing. Pham. References: 1. types. 7. interpolation and canned cycle.703 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Product development cycle-Application of computer for design (CAD). identification. New York 1995. Munich. Mikell P. Part A and Part B. 4. structure of a process planning software. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Xun Xu.. Resolution. Co-ordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) – Working and configurations of contact and non-contact CMMs. basic components and principle of operation. Coordinate Measuring machine and Systems. Rapid Manufacturing-The Technologies and Applications of Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Tooling. S. selective Laser Sintering (SLS). Groover. Solid Ground Curing (SGC). CNC. scanning laser beam. V. 2001. Mikell P. Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM). physical configuration and applications of industrial robots. CAD/CAM/CIM. classification.concept. CAD/CAM. 2001 2. Mikell P. T. New Delhi. 5. Adaptive control.. Prentice-Hall of India. USA 2009. 2005. Prentice-Hall of India. Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing. FMS work stations. accuracy and repeatability. Inc. II and III. manufacturing (CAM) and integration of CAD/CAM. Radhakrishnan. Bosch. Marcel Dekker. 2003. benefits. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 2009. Groover. tool compensation. Process capability.Elements of Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Systems – Product design to marketing. Springer – Verlag. Benefits of GT . John A. preparatory and miscellaneous codes. Automation. Integrating Advanced Computer-Aided Design. Dimov. Groover. Various activities in CIM -. Features of CNC systems .08. Inc. photogrammetry. 6. London. Simple turning and drilling programs only. S. New Age Int. Industrial Robotics. Information Science Reference. 2001. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). DNC system – Definition. Accuracy and repeatability. Carl Hanser – Verlag.. Manufacturing and Numerical Control: Principles and Implementations. Pearson Education. Module II Group Technology – Part family. New Delhi.
Ceramics. Reference:1.704 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to metal cutting and metal removal processes.variables affecting the tool temperaturestool. Cemented carbide. crater wear .Determination of shear angle and chip thickness ratio-Force relations.ASTME 8.G. II and III.various criteria for machinability index-Optimum cutting speed. Production technology .Stress distribution on rake face. and Diamond.E. Cutting fluids.work thermo couple. feed.Friction in metal cutting-methods to reduce frictionchip breaker. Heat in metal cutting-Zones of heat generation.Trent 7. flank wear-Tool life criteria-Taylors tool life equation.L.Shaw M. parameters affecting tool life-problems. Experimental techniques for measuring tool temperatures. Lee and Shaffer principle.Types and applications. Fundamentals of metal cutting& M/c tools . BUE formation.their characteristics and applications. Principle of metal cutting . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. and drilling dynamometers. Tool manufacturing engineers hand book .Black P.S. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). its importance. Module II Orthogonal and Oblique cutting. Effect of tool geometry in metal cutting. and depth of cut in cutting-related simple problems. Machinability.H 5. Metal cutting principles .Sekhon University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.08.Carbon steels. Production engineering .Chip formation. geometry of single point and multi point cutting tools. types of chip.B. Coated tools.Mechanics of orthogonal cutting-Forces of deformationshear angle.Wear mechanisms.Merchants circle diagram-Influence of speed. Part A and Part B. Mechanism of metal removal-Primary deformation on shear zone and Secondary deformation on rake face. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).HMT 6. Fundamentals of machining and machine tools .M . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Module III Cutting tool materials-Desirable properties of tool materials-major tool materials. tool nomenclature. milling. HSS. Tool wear and tool life. tool failure. Shear plane theory.ASA and ORS systems-inter relationship. CBN.Sen and Bhattacharya 2.Boothroyd 4. embedded thermocouple.C 3.Juneja.P. 66 . Metal cutting . classification of cutting tools.C Sharma 9. types. Dynamometers.force measurements-Turning. modified tool life equation. Theory of metal cutting .
Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. References: 1.Sen & A. helical gear.Bhattacharya 3. Part A and Part B. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.arms. Principles of machine tools G. cross rails. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).705 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL DESIGN Credits : 4 Module: I General requirements of machine tool design – Design of spindles – functions and requirements – materials for spindles.model techniques.saddles & carriages. bases &tables. endurance load. wear tooth load.GP & LP. Design criteria-materials-static &dynamic stiffeners-profiles of machine tool structures-basic design procedure in machine tool structures –design of beds & columns.08.petroff’s equation-Bearing characteristic number-Summerfield number-L/D ratioclearance ratio-minimum film thickness.C.AGMA standards-design of shafts for AP . Module: III Design of machine tool structure-functions of machine tool structure and their requirements. Machine tool design N.Journal bearings-hydro-dynamic lubrication. 67 . Design of guide waysfunctions and types-design of slide ways-design criteria and calculations for slide waysdesign of anti-friction guide ways. Mechanical Engineering design Joseph Edward Shigly University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Design of Bearings: .oil flow through bearings. Ball & roller bearingstypes-static& dynamic load capacity-equivalent dynamic load-bearing life-selection of bearings.K Mehta 2. rams . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). bevel gear & worm gear-checking of dynamic tooth load. II and III. Wear tooth load. Module: II Gears-Nomenclature-Lewis equation –Lewis form factor-velocity factor-working stress in gear teeth-dynamic load on gear teeth-design of spur gear. Standardization of speed &feedsstructure &ray diagrams for machine tool gear boxes-gear design & analysis.
Study and exercise on Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) a. NC code generation using CAM softwares. Exercise on temperature measurement in metal cutting. Thread cutting d. Cylindrical and Spherical surfaces 6. c) Milling tool dynamometer 5. Study and exercise on CNC Milling Machine for a. Pocket milling 3. 7. Milling machine: Exercise on milling spur gear and helical gear. Force measurement: Exercise on force measurement using a) Lathe tool dynamometer b) Drilling tool dynamometer. 5. Study and exercise on Rapid prototyping (RP) Machine a. Tool grinding –Exercise on Single point cutting tool grinding. Profile milling b.706 Refer Elective section ELECTIVE III 08. Measurement of Flat. Study and Programming on a Pick and Place robot. 4. Surface milling c. 3. 08. Taper turning c. 2.708 L-T-D: 0-0-2 CIM LAB Credits : 2 1. Grinding machines:-Exercise on grinding machines –surface grinding and cylindrical grinding. 68 .08. Manual part programming for CNC machines using standard G codes and M codes 2. Study and exercise on CNC Lathe for a. Form turning 4. Plane turning b.707 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PRODUCTION TOOLING LAB Credits : 2 1. Making of a simple component. Drilling and Reaming d.
which can be the preliminary work of final project.709 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PROJECT AND SEMINAR (MPU) Credits : 2 The Students shall do a project work. 69 . and 75% credit for Seminar.08. A report on seminar also shall be submitted at the end of the semester. and submit a report at the end of semester. The students shall present a seminar on a topic which is of high relevance to Mechanical Engineering. 25% credit should be given for Project.
II and III.Eastop and D.Turner by Fairment Press Ltd. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 2. Energy plantation. Hydro.Parulekar. Intermediate load. Fuel cells and Magneto Hydrodynamics) – Energy storage and Distribution – Electrical energy route – Load curves – Energy conversion plants for Base load . 70 .D. Module II Energy Management – Definitions and significance – objectives – Characterising of energy usage – Energy Management program – Energy strategies and energy planning – Energy Audit – Types and Procedure – Optimum performance of existing facilities – Energy management control systems – Energy policy in India – Computer applications in Energy management Module III Energy conservation – Principles – Energy economics – Energy conservation technologies – cogeneration – Waste heat recovery – Combined cycle power generation – Heat Recouperators – Heat regenerators – Heat pipes – Heat pumps – Pinch Technology. Nuclear fission ) and Non – conventional ( Biomass. 3. P.B.Younger.B. 4. Energy Management Hand book by Wayne. 5. Croft by Longman Group Ltd.M and Wlliam. Non – conventional Energy Sources by G. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).08.801 L-T-D: 2-1-0 ENERGY MANAGEMENT (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Energy conversion processes and devices – Energy conversion plants – Conventional ( Thermal. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Khanna Publishers.M by Fairmont Press Ltd. C. Energy from waste.Rai. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).T. Handbook of Energy Audits by Albert Thumann.Rao and Dr.E. Khanna Publishers. C E.C.J.R. Part A and Part B. Peak load and Energy displacement – Energy storage plants.D. Energy Conservation Opportunities (ECO) – Electrical ECOs – Thermodynamic ECOs in chemical process industry – ECOs in residential and commercial buildings – Energy Conservation Measures. References: 1.E. Energy Technology by S. Energy Efficiency for Engineers & Technologists.
Kumar.Functions of production control – Routing .Effect of Communication in Industry.Time rate and piece rate system of wage payment.Psychological attitudes to work and working conditions . Job plan.Grant and Ieven Worth 4. Introduction to work study .M Mahajan . Statistical Quality Control .fatigue.Micro motion study and therbligs. dispatching and follow up. TQM.O.Determination of economic life . Six Sigma and Quality circles (Brief description only). causes effects of industrial disputes.Martand Telsang – S. Selection and application.Simple problems.merit incentive plan – Merit rating plans. Preventive and break. P. Types of material handling equipments. 8.Gantt charts. selective inventory control techniques. (Simple problems without using SQC table). Manufacturing vs purchase.E.Critical examination.essentials of a good wage incentive plan.Statistical quality control and control charts for X and R. Inventory Control.Value Engineering.Ralph and Barien 3. Khanna 2.Trade union – Workers participation in management.Dr.Collective bargaining. Industrial Engineering & Production Management .Human factors in design. 7.SIMO chartPrinciples of motion economy – determination of allowances and standard time.Development of designsprototype. production and testing – Selection of materials and processes. Chand. Module III Production planning and control. Industrial Engineering and Management . Inventory models -Determination of EOQ and reorder level. 5.Destructive and non-destructive testing methods.principles of material handling. Scheduling. Industrial relations. Module II Methods engineering: Analysis of work methods using different types of process chart and flow diagrams. Quality control and Inspection.Job evaluation and merit rating – Objectives and principles of job evaluation. B. ISO.Importance of planning – job. Industrial Engineering .Introduction to Flexible manufacturing systems.802 L-T-D: 2-1-0 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Introduction to Industrial Engineering – Evolution of modern Concepts in Industrial Engineering – Functions of Industrial Engineering – Field of application of Industrial Engineering Product Development and research.down maintenance Replacement of equipments.Incentive plans.Primary wage systems.process capability. Buffa. S. Plant layout and Material handling.Non monitory incentives. Khanna pub. .Economic aspects C-V-P analysis .Design function – Objectives of design. Industrial Engineering & Production Management . Time and Motion Study .Dhanpat Rai 6.Methods of eliminating fatigue. Modern Production management .Method of providing for depreciation.life testing-Bath tub curve. Introduction to concepts of Bench marking.08.System reliability. batch and mass productionDetermination of economic lot size in batch production. Wages and Incentives. References: 1.ILO 71 . Acceptance sampling and operation characteristic curves.
Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part A and Part B. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). II and III. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). 72 . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.
B. combination and progressive dies. clamping and guiding devices.Rolling. blanking and piercing tools. Jigs and Fixtures – Calving-Hoose 5. milling. Forces acting on single point and multiple point cutting tools. load variation during blanking-Calculation of press tonnage for blanking and piercing. metal flow during drawing operations. 73 . swarf disposal methods.08.803 TOOL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures . stress distribution in rolling. design considerations. . Fundamentals of Fixture Design – V.Design of drill jigs. Part A and Part B. Design of compound and progressive dies. Metal Hand Book. Bending and drawing dies: Bending allowances. References 1. modular fixtures. round and irregular surface. Roll separation force and torque. types of locators.ASM University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. Tool Design – Cysil Donaldson TMH 2. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Hoffman 7. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). locators. 3. Tool Design – Cole G. simple. Die Design Hand Book – ASTME 4. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Work holding devices for flat. strip rolling theory.group tooling –Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidized bed fixturing. Fine blanking. 8. bush specifications. Embossing and Coining. Module III Tool for forging. Design of drop forging dies. CAD for tooling: Turret press FMS-Computer applications (CAD / CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies.Elements of fixtures. bending methods. fixtures for CNC machines. Fixture for lathe operations. Bending pressure-calculation of blank size and press tonnage for drawing. II and III. Module II Press work tools.Koraskove Mir. broaching and welding fixtures. Types of dies. Fundamentals of tool design – ASTME & Edward G. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. compound. Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book – William and Boyes 6.
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN
Credits : 4
Module I Definition of a product - Types of product- levels of product- New product developmentproduct-market mix-New product development ( NPD ) process- Idea generation methodsCreativity-Creative attitude, creative design process- Morphological analysis- analysis of interconnected decision areas, brain storming, synectics. Product life cycle- The challenges of product development- product analysis- product characteristics- economic considerationsproduction and marketing aspects. Characteristics of successful product development. Phases of a generic product development process – Customer need identification. Product development practices and industry-product strategies-time to market-analysis of the product-standardization-simplification and specialization. Module-II Product design- definition-Design by evolution- design by innovation-design by imitation factors affecting product design. Standards of performance and environmental factors. decision making and iteration - Morphology of design (different phases). -role of aesthetics in design. Introduction to optimization in design- economic factors in design-design for safety and reliability. Role of computers in design - modeling and simulation-the role of models in engineering design-mathematical modeling-similitude and scale models. Concurrent design Six sigma and design for six sigma. Introduction to optimization in design-economic factors and financial feasibility in design- Design for manufacturing, Rapid proto typing (RP) application of RP in product design. Product Development versus Design. Module-III Design of simple products dealing with various aspects of product development and design starting from need till the manufacture of the product. References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Product Design and Development, Karl T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger, Tata McGraw –Hill edition. Engineering Design –George E.Dietoer An Introduction to Engineering Design methods Vijay Gupta Merie Crawford : New Product management, McGraw-Hill Irwin Chitale A K and Gupta R C, “Product Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005. Kevin Otto and Kristin wood, Product Design, Tehniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product Development, Pearson education
University Examination There will be 3 questions of 15 marks from modules I & II .Students have to answer any 2 from each module. From module III, answer 2 out of the 3 questions given which carries 20 marks each.
08.805 ELECTIVE IV
Refer Elective Section
Refer Elective Section
INDUSTRIAL SEMINAR (MPU)
Credits : 2
The Student shall present a Seminar based on industrial visits under taken from V-VII semesters. A minimum of four visits are compulsory. A report on industrial visits shall be submitted. The institution shall arrange minimum four Seminars on latest topics by experts from Industry. The student shall be evaluated based on the report on industrial visits, presentation, interaction, performance in the class and general awareness on topics of expert lectures
PROJECT AND VIVA VOCE (MPU)
Credits : 5
A project work of good quality should be done under the guidance of project guide(s) and a project report should be submitted. For internal assessment, 50% weightage to be given to the assessment of the guide and 50% to the committee assigned to assess the project work. For University examination a Viva-voce examination shall be conducted. Marks of Viva voce examination shall be based on the overall performance, Project report, Seminar reports, Subject knowledge and general awareness in the developments in Mechanical Engineering.
ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical, Production and Automobile engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08. 506 Elective I 1. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Human aspects of management 3. Disaster Management 4. Glimpses of world thought 5. Professional ethics and human values 6. Environmental Science 7. Advanced Welding technology 8. Foundry Technology 9. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Composite Materials Technology 12. Internet Technologies 13. Non Destructive Testing 14. Powder Metallurgy 15. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Automotive Airconditioning 17. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08.606 Elective II 1. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. New Energy systems 3. Object Oriented Programming 4. Nuclear Engineering 5. Mechanical working Methods 6. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Instrumentation and control 9. Materials Handling 10. Agro Machinery 11. Total Quality Management 12. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Material Characterisation 15. Micromachining Methods 16. Tool Engineering (MU) 17.Vehicle Body Engineering 18.Vehicle Performance And Testing 19.Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08.706 Elective III 1. Computer Graphics 2. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Fracture Mechanics 6. Marketing Management. 7. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Finite Element Methods 10. Metal Forming 11. Machine tool Technology 12.Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Mech. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Failure Analysis 17. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Bio Materials 19. Concurrent Engineering 20. Industrial Automation 21. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Creativity, Innovation and New Product Development
Propulsion Engineering 2. Computerized Materials Management 7. Engineering Design 24. 805 Elective IV 1. Project Management 16. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Tribology 11. Controls in Machine tools 9. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. 806 Elective V 1. Technology Forecasting 13. Production & Operations Management 15. 12. Industrial Quality Control 4. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Design of IC Engines 17. Multiphase flow 8. Financial Management 10. Management Information Systems 14. 15. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Product and brand management 18. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. Random vibrations 8. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Bio Medical Engineering. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Surface Engineering 21. Off. Cryogenic Engineering 14.08. Value Engineering. Robotics 18. 77 . Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. High Temperature Materials 22. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Aerospace Engineering 3. Creativity& Product Development 6. Rapid Prototyping 20. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Nanotechnology 20. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Facilities Planning 4. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16.Road Vehicles 25. Continuum Mechanics 17. Software Engineering 13. Research Methodology 19.
ELECTIVE I 08. letter of enquiry. Module-II Forms of Technical communication. Students should read the book on their own and selected topics may be discussed in the class. 2. Listening Skills: Listening for general content. letter to authorities. Each answer carries 15 marks. downward and lateral-importance of technical communication.informal letters-essentials of telephonic conversation-invitationsminutes of a meeting. Vol.projects. Each answer carries 20 marks.exposure to a variety of technical articles. (30 marks).thesis writing. Business letters-sales and credit letters. (30 marks).506. structure and style.Two essays out of Four has to be answered from module III. TMH New Delhi. 4. Basic Communication Skills for Technology-Andrea J Rutherford. writing reports. 1. Wings of Fire-an autobiography APJ Abdul Kalam. Oxford University Press. mass communication-the flow of communication: upward. Module III A non-detailed study of the autobiography: “Wings of Fire-an autobiography by Dr. Questions to be limited to the topics Writing Skills& Basics of Technical Communication. I &II.. 3.language as a tool of communication. Job application and resume. 5.Technical proposals-writing a proposal –the steps involved. letter of quotation. graphic representation. significance.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH AND TECHNICAL WRITING Credits : 4 Module-I Listening. Basics of Technical Communication. 6. New Delhi. Reading. Distinction between general and technical communication. (40 marks). Six short questions to be answered out of 8 questions from Module I. organizational. Business Correspondence and Report Writing. Pearson Education. Speaking Skills: Oral practice-Describing objects/situations/people-Role play-Just A Minute/Group Discussion. Writing Skills: Skills to express ideas in sentences. Speaking and Writing skills. Each answer carries 5 marks. letters. and journalistic articles.dissertation. English For Technical Communication.. Reports-types. Technical papers.barriers to communication. Everyday Dialogues in English-Robert J Dixson. 78 . 2 questions out of 4 has to be answered from Module II. condensing .Universities Press (2004) University Examination:. use of appropriate vocabulary -sentence construction-paragraphs development-note making-editing a passage and essay writing. essays. References. Effective Technical Communication-Barun K Mitra.Mohan K and Sharma R C. Official letters-govt. Preparing audio-visual aids. Technical communication. APJ Abdul Kalam”.levels of communicationinterpersonal.features. Reading Skills: Skimming the text. PHI. K R Lakshmi Narayanan-Sci Tech Publications.Intensive listening-Listening for specific information. placing order.
Conflict management . Stephen P. Uma Sekharan. Leadership –nature and significance . References: 1.Case studies.McGraw Hill. Scott .Organizational Behaviour . Compensation policies. Fred Luthans . Safety and health maintenance. Managerial leadership across cultures. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 5. Robbins. Recruitment and selection. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Man power planning. Case studies. Gary Dessler.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Case studies. Performance appraisal.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HUMAN ASPECTS OF MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module1 Dimensions of Human Behaviour. Labour legislation. impact of culture in organizational behaviour. Grievance handling. Module 2 Organizational development. 4.Tata Mc Graw Hill.Personnel Management . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 79 . 3. Perception. attitudes and intelligents in determining human behaviour. Self development. 2.nature and characteristics. theories and applications .Pearson Education.Pearson Education. Training and development.506.Transactional Analysis . Concept of organizational climate-health and effectiveness.Modes of values. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Organizational change. beliefs. Module 3 Human Resource Management –Concepts and objectives. Concepts of QWL-strategies for improved QWL. Motivation and Personality-concepts. Goals of organizational change and organizational development. Wage and salary administration. Organizational Behaviour .08. types. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Group dynamics-nature of groups and group decision making.Human Resource Management . Organizational culture.theories and styles. Resistance to change. Organizational Behaviour-Text and Cases . Motivation of person across cultures.
landslides and volcanoes. natural hazards. Cambridge University Press. University Examination: Duration: 3 hours The question paper consists of Part A and Part B. Case histories of important natural disasters. land use practices and disaster mitigation.R. There will be two questions from each module. Vulnerability assessment for earthquakes. P. Murty. 2. floods. Disaster mitigation planning of human settlements and townships for earthquakes.A(1991) Natural hazards. GNOSIS. References 1. 172. Module II Preparedness and mitigation measures for earthquakes. Human induced disasters. tsunamis. risks and disasters. P. landslides and volcanoes.V. Module III Issues in the prediction of natural disasters. C. floods. Part A is for 40 marks. landslides and volcanoes with special reference to construction of residential buildings and public utility buildings. Information systems and decision making tools in disaster management. New Delhi. The candidate has to answer one question of 20 marks from each module.506.. 3rd Ed. floods. Disaster management in India. Integration of rural development programmes with natural disaster mitigation and planning.L(2001) Natural Disasters. Part B is for 60 marks. tsunamis.3 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DISASTER MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Earth processes and natural disasters-significance of earth processes. 3.08. There will be 8 compulsory short answer questions of 5 marks each covering entire syllabus. Basic principles of disaster management. Earthquake tips Ramakant Gaur(2008) Disaster management. 4. Abbott. McGraw Hill Company Bryant. 80 . tsunamis.E.
Renaissance Thinkers .Arts Vs. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Sutras. The Story of Civilisation. Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. dialectical materialism . Chisholm.The Dark Ages . Koide & Sawant.determinism. Edward Gibbon. George Allen & Unwin 4.theories of human betterment theories of social analysis (French Revolution. The Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire 7. Simon & Schuster 2. Dr Radhakrishnan S.Marxism and its social. The Present Crisis of Faith 10. Shaffer. Dialogues of Plato 17.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 81 . modernism and colonial theories. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Vedas. Dr Radhakrishnan S.. South America ..Ancient Indian texts .4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 GLIMPSES OF WORLD THOUGHT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.technology and revolutions .current trends and issues . Story of Civilisation .revolutions in human perception . October Revolution) . History of Western Philosophy. Neo-Marxism and post-colonial theories .other centres of learning in the ancient world .the science of ‘knowledge’ .. Oswald Spingler.Ancient Period .the great intellectual debates . Volume I to XII 6. Will Durrant.. Philosophy of Language.structuralism . post-modernism. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).poststructuralism.semiotics the science of signs.Mayars.The Philosophy of science and the development of the Scientific Method .industrial and scientific revolution Module II The major schools of thought . Science .some early Greek thinkers Anaxagoras.art and literary movements (school of paintings and other forms of reputation) . Science & Scientific Method. cultural and economic dimensions . Dr Radhakrishnan S. Prentice Hall 19. The Pleasures Philosophy. Dr Radhakrishnan S.positivism. Recovery of Faith 16.Volumes . culture and cognition . Egypt. Theory of Knowledge.506. Towards A New World 15. Will Durrant. Living With A Purpose 13. Religion and Culture 12. Our Heritage 11.the flowering of academic disciplines .Leornardo. Human values in Engineering.East and West .definition and implications in the various sciences . Will & Ariel Durrent. True Knowledge 14. Prentice Hall 20.China.. Incars . Dr Radhakrishnan S.Life of Grees.the earliest thinkers .language. Module III: The modern era .The History of ‘ideas’ . Decline of the West 8.08.the great inventors and discoveries and their relation to human thought (Darwin’s theory and growth of imperialism) . Sastras and Upanishds . Dr Radhakrishnan S. Bertnard Russell. (Excerpts) Oriental Heritage 5.theories of human evolution .new disciplines cognitive science . Alston. References 1.. Copernicus and Kepler . The Story of Philosophy.Greek and Roman schools of thought Medieval ages &Renaissance .. nihilism. Philosophy of Mind. The Creative Life 9. Ionians . Silmon 3. Prentice Hall 18.
2. International Encyclopedia on Ethics. S. Chand & Co. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. John Ruth K. 3. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethic – Service – Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for Others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self Confidence – Character – Spirituality. S. Ethics in Engineering. Collegiality and loyalty – Respect for authority – collective bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of interest – Occupational crime – Professional rights – Employee rights – Intel lectual property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination. Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral autonomy – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of Professionals Roles – Theories about right action – Self interest – Custom and religion – Uses of ethical theories. Jayashree Suresh. Raghavan. Human Values and Professional Ethics. Mike W Martin and Schinzinger. Module III GLOBAL ISSUES: Multinational corporation – Environmental ethics – Computer ethics Weapons development – Engineers as managers – Consulting engineers and engineers as expert witness and advisor – Moral leadership – sample code of ethics like ASME. ENGINEERING ETHICS: Senses of “Engineering Ethics”– Variety of moral issues.. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).506. SAFETY.5 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I HUMAN VALUES: Morals.S. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 82 .Chand &Co. New Delhi. References: 1. RESPONSIBLITIES AND RIGHTS: Safety and risk – Assessment of safety and risk – Risk benefit analysis and reducing risk – The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module II ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION: Engineering as experimentation Engineering as responsible experimenters – Codes of ethics – A balanced outlook on law – The challenger case study. IEEE – Institution of engineers (India) – Indian Institute of Materials Management – Institution electronics and telecommunication engineering (IETE) India etc. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. ASCE. and B. New Delhi.08.
Venugoplan Rao. 6. Mining and Transportation activities. Environmental studies – R.Role of Government.Environment definition. 5. Hydrogen as an alternative future source of Energy. Energy – Different types of energy. Economic and social Security. Rajagopalan – Oxford Publication .Water Resources. Women Education. Legal aspects. Prentice Hall of India. Environmental Studies – Benny Joseph – Tata McgrawHill-2005 2. Air Pollution. Shelter. Module III Environmental Pollution and their effects. Water induced diseases.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Credits: 4 Module I Definition.L. Principles of Environmental Science and Engineering – P. Manjunath. Initiatives by Nongovernmental Organizations (NGO). Electro-magnetic radiation. Human activities – Food. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Housing.2005. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Solar. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 83 . Industry. Animal Husbandry. Conventional and NonConventional sources – Hydro Electric. Current Environmental Issues of Importance: Population Growth. Basics of Environmental Impact Assessment. Fluoride problem in drinking water. Water pollution. Water borne diseases. Climate Change and Global warming. Need For Public Awareness. 3 REFERENCES: 1. 3. Biomass and Biogas. In Part A. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Automobile pollution. D. Fossil Fuel based. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Land pollution. Eco system – Balanced ecosystem. Scope & Importance. Environmental Science and Engineering – Meenakshi. Pearson Education-2006. Solid waste management. Ozone Layer depletion. Public Health aspects. Forest Wealth. Mineral Resources. Anji Reddy – BS Publication.Availability and Quality aspects. Environmental Education. Nitrogen and Sulphur Cycles. Module II Natural Resources. 4. Material cycles. Environmental Protection.Carbon. Acid Rain. Prentice Hall India. Effects of human activities on environment-Agriculture. In Part B. Urbanization. Noise pollution.Effects. Environmental Studies – Dr. Nuclear.08. Text book of Environmental Science & Technology – M. Sustainable Development.506.
“Welding Processes and Technology”. 1988. Economics of Process. Welding Engineering. Parameters. Applications and Limitations. Plasma arc welding: Plasma Arc Welding. Ohio. Diffusion Welding. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 84 . Laser Beam Welding. 5.theory and Principle of Process. 6. Explosive Welding. Applications. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). McGraw-Hill Inc. I . Materials and Applications. Equipment. Equipment and Tooling. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Physical Characteristics. Operating Characteristics. Khanna Publishers. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Stop-Off and Parting Agents. Module II Needle Arc Micro Plasma Welding . Metallurgy of Welding. Fixturing and Joint Design Shielding. Mechanism of Bonding. Design. 3. Limitations and Applications. 4..theory and Principles. Weld Penetration and Shape. Process Parameters. 1998. Joint Design. Limitations. Influence of Process Parameters. Weld Environment. Delhi.theory..II . Joint Design. Different Stages of Friction Welding.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Radiant energy welding: Electron Beam Welding. 1979. Joining of Dissimilar Materials. Amar R. Joint Design Advantages. III and IV.506. 2. Equipment and Tooling. 7.ASHE Vol . Schwartz M. Joint Design. Disadvantages. Process Variants. The electric welder. Advantages and Limitations. Weld Quality.08. Economics. Materials and Applications.M. Equipment and Tooling. Intermediate Materials. ASM Metals Hand Book “Welding and Brazing”. Economics Materials and Applications. Deformation Welding. REFERENCES: 1. Metal Adhesive. Transferred arc and NonTransferred arc Techniques. Materials and Applications. Vacuum brazing: Vacuum Brazing. Equipment and Safety. Applications.ASM. Module III Friction and diffusion welding: Friction Welding. Vol. Welding in Different Degrees of Vacuum.Basic Principles.theory and Key Parameters. Adhesive Bonding. Guns. Economics. Advantages and Limitations. Equipment and Tooling.. Advantages. Udin et al. Weld Quality and Process Control. Welding Engineers Hand Book.Characteristics of Process.theory and Key Variables. “Metals Joining Manual”. Materials and Applications. Rossi.Background of the Process. Advantages.S.. Key Variables. Teo goisky. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. mechanisms and Key Variables. 6.
core making . steels and non ferrous metals – Composition . sand supply .506. Module III Melting and pouring : Types of furnaces used for cast irons .colour codes of pattern . Module II Moulding sands : Natural sand . sand mixing – General properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand – Ingredients for moulding sand . knockout and fottling . Hine and Resenthal. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. synthetic sand . 3. moulding . Special moulding and Casting processes – Shell moulding . Principles of Metal Casting. Gating and Risering – Solidification of pure metals and alloys in moulds – Factors affecting the nature and type of solidification – Gate and gating system – Types of gates – Deign of gating systems – Risering – Needs for risering – Requirements of a riser . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). core reinforcing – core venting etc. Theoretical considerations – Riser shape and directional solidification – General considerations for risering – Bling riser – Use of chills . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. plaster mould casting – Investment casting .Bhanga. Moulding process – Hand moulding tools and their uses – Different types of moulding boxes – Green sand moulds .R. size and charge calculations – Details and calculations in Cupola charging – New developments in cupola design.08. References 1.CO2 process –Graphite and ceramic moulds – Centrifugal casting – Continuous castings . Principles of Manufacturing materials and processes. 2. 4. Mechanisation in foundry – Elementary ideas of machines used for sand conditioning. Howard. Loan moulds . Foundry Engineering. T. floor moulding and pit moulding . Camphell. plaster moulds .Maintenance of sand properties for regular use – Sand conditioning . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 85 . dry hand moulds . cement bonded moulds – bench moulding . insulators and exothermic compounds .Special additives – Reliability of moulding sands . Russicof. Modern foundry practice.8 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Casting as process of manufacture – Its advantages and limitations Pattern making – Pattern materials – Factor effecting the choice of pattern materials – Pattern allowances – Types of pattern – Line diagram description and use of different types of patterns. Cores and core making – Purpose of cores – core prints – Types of cores – Core sand and ingredients – Requirements of core sands – Core sand mixtures – Binding materials – Core boxes – Types of core boxes – Process of core making – Core baking . Foundry practice. core creating . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 5.
Ikken P. New York.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL Credits : 4 Module I Environmental aspects .W. Mc Graw Hill. (1989). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). (1976). " Solid Water: Engineering Principles and Management Issues ".Solid waste disposal. Wark. New Delhi.08. Donald R. (1973). Howard S.effect of air pollution on men and environment .Definition. 3.Engineered systems for waste water treatment and disposal .Rowe.Role of environmental engineer.Pollution thermal power plants and s nuclear power plants . (1979).Environmental quality . Dun Dunnellers. New York. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 86 .Theisan and R.C. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Mc Graw Hill.Solid waste management generation. (1985). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Formation of air pollutants from combustion of fossil fuels and parameters controlling the formation. References: 1. Air quantity . A.Elaisen. Swart R.Stern. Kenneth and Cecil F. “Fundamental of Air Pollution ". S. Definition.P.506.J.Emission from SI and CI engines Evaporative emission control -Exhaust treatment devices . collection. New York.G. Module II Water pollution from tanneries and other industries . " Climate and Energy ". " Environmental 2.Warner. 7. storage and processing techniques .Noise pollution and their control. Engineering ". 4. 6. Characteristics and prospective . H. Mc Graw Hill. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Peavy.Impact of environment . (1977). 5. " Air Pollution: its Origin and Control ".Wonter. New Delhi. Boubce and W. characteristics . R. " Waste Water Engineering Treatment and Disposal Second Edition ".Types of our air pollutants .C. Module III Methods and equipment' for industrial waste treatment . and Zwerves. and George Tchobanoglous.Types and sources of solid waste . Mc Graw Hill. Tchobanoglous. Metcalf and Eddy Inc.A. H. Academic Press.Control systems and instrumentation for pollution control.Sources and control methods .Lowry.
vorticity. Prandtl boundary layer equations. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. derivation of friction factor for laminar flow. Module-II Derivation of Hagen Poissule equations for velocity and discharge through a pipe.L. Elements of fluid mechanics.Pohlhausen approximation solution of boundary layer for non zero pressure gradient flow. introduction to turbulent flow. V. Vuan. potential flow between two parallel plates. derivation of continuity and momentum equations using Reynolds transport theorem. vortex and doublet.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Description of fluid motion – Lagrangian and Eulerian approaches. Boundary layer theory. 3. Gersen . K. Stream function. G Biswas. flow over a vertical flat plate. rate of strain.Streetor. Advanced Engineering Fluid Mechanics 2. Fluid mechanics 4. H. complex flow potential. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. short notes of velocity measurement technique using (a) multi hole probes (b) Hot wire anemometers (c) LDV (d) PIV References: 1. Displacement thickness and momentum thickness. Stokes hypothesis. Schlichting. s temporal acceleration. Navier-Stokes equation for in-compressible flow. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).506. complex flow potentials for source. Velocity. force and moment calculations (derivation of expression not required). stream functionvorticity formulation.Momentum intergral equations. vortex shedding. Module-III Boundary layer theory. stress.Boundary layer thickness. concept of eddy viscosity. rotation. gradient of velocity. Reynolds transport theorem. zero and positive pressure gradients.08. Schawartz-Christoffel transformations.flow over an ellipse.conformal mapping. sink. convective acceleration. Newton' law of viscosity. favorable and adverse pressure gradients. Viscometer based on rotating annulus. potential flow in a sector. flow in a rotating annulus. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 87 . K Muralidhar . Potential flow past a cylinder. flow separation. acceleration. Couette flow for negative. mean and fluctuating components. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Potential flow. Blasius solution for flow over a flat plate. theory of complex variables. equation of potential flow.
damage prediction. Ceramic Matrix Composites Chapman & Hall 8. cement and gypsum as matrices. Introduction to micro-mechanics-unidirectional lamina – laminar stresses– inter laminar stresses .K. Ultra structure processing of ceramics. 1994. Their characteristic features. properties and applications of CMC using fine ceramics. " Stress Analysis of Fiber . P. M. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Definition.codes . Module III Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMC):. Inc.Broutman. bonding. Van _Nostrand. McGraw HiIl. Industrial scene. References 1. characteristics. their properties-characteristics and applications. Manufacture of MMC.Thermo set. " Fiber-reinforced composites ". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 88 . riveting and painting.fracture mechanics and toughening mechanisms. characteristics.D. waterjet cutting and laser machining. "Hand Book of Composites".static mechanical properties . Micael hyer. History. polishing.. F. 1988. Classifications based on structure and matrices. New York-1 6. Advanced post processing methods like ultrasonic welding. plasma coating. Monal Deklar Inc. their properties.Machining. inspection and nondestructive testing.Characteristics. 1994. Inter-metallics and alloys used for MMC and their properties. Module II Fiber reinforced plastics: Reinforcement fibres:.design examples. Schwartz M. failure modes. 9. 7. Introduction to Composite Materials.Rawlings. Manufacturing methods for thermo set thermoplastic and elastomeric PMC. Structure. VCH. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. " Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites ". International. Quality. " Composite Materials. Properties and applications. 3. cutting.design considerations . Manufacture.M. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Metal Matrix Composites (MMC): Metals. properties and applications Polymer matrix composites (PMC):. 4.Reinforced Composite Materials ".Matthews & R. by Stuart. London. 10. S. John Wiley and Sons. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. functional sensory and smart composites. Applications.11 COMPOSITE MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Composite Materials:. 2. 1998.D. "Encyclopaedia of Composites (6 volumes)". Tasi. B.High strength man made (glass. George Lubin.L. " Principles of Composite Material Mechanics ". Whiskers:. Chawla KK. carbon.fatigue properties . Chapman & hall. Post processing operations:. New York. Technomic Publishing Company. Advantages and limitations. Ronald Gibson. Properties of composites made and their applications. characteristics and utilisation as matrices.08. Tata McGraw Hill..Classification of ceramics and their potential role as matrices. Reinhold Co.506. 5. carbon. Engineering and Sciences ".impact properties environmental effects .J. Structural. glass. welding of thermoplastic PMC. aramid) and natural fibres. Agarwal and L.W. Failure predictions . Composite Material handbook.Mallicak.. TMH. 1980. Lee. 1982.. Ed. thermoplastic and e1astomeric polymers. New York.
This course is intended to provide an overview of fundamentals and concepts of IT useful to an undergraduate student in Mechanical Engineering only. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 2. Ltd.08. Advertising . CPU – Memory – Input and Output devices – Inputing text and Graphics – Printing Devices – The foundation of Modern outputs – Printers – Secondary storage devices and media. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 89 .506. MODULE III The Electronic web – Network applications – Fax .voice and Information services – Person to Person and group communication – Exchanging files – Foundations of modern networks – Local area networks – Wide area networks – Links between networks – Device and Media Protocols –Dial up Access – High bandwidth personal connections. Curtin et al. IT in Business – Information processing – Transaction Processing – Computers for Management control . Production and Manufacturing – Business on the Internet – Health Issues Associated with the use of computers – Computer viruses – Intellectual property rights – Computer crime – Cryptography – Issues caused by computers – Recent developments in IT. Using Information Technology. Spread sheet applications – Data base applications – Queries – Internet connectivity.Graw Hill Pub. and sales – Design . Word Processing & Desktop publishing – Entering and Editing documents – Other word processing features – Formatting documents – desktop Publishing for print and for the screen . Graw Hill Pub. Utilities – Document – centric computing .Multimedia – Introduction – Tools – multimedia authoring Tools – Presentation device – Multimedia on the web. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. The Computer Systems – Types. Information Technology : The Breaking wave. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. File management . Programs – Programming languages – Programming methods – Programming Techniques – System analysis and design . REFERENCES 1.12 INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Information Technology – Introduction – applications – The Internet and World wide web – the GPS. Tata Mc. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. William Sawyor & Hutchingson. MODULE II Software – User Interface and Operating systems – Types . IRWIN Mc. Dennis P. Marketing .Co. Note :.
Narosa Publishing House. REFERENCES: 1. al. Penetrant flaw detection: Principles: Process: Penetrant systems: Liquid penetrant materials: Emulsifiers: cleaners developers: sensitivity: Advantages: Limitations: Applications. L-T-D: 3-1-0 90 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Metals Handbook Vol. McGrawhill. gama-rays sources Recording of radiation: Radiographic sensitivity: Fluoroscopic methods: special techniques: Radiation safety. Measurement of metal properties. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Dynamic inspection. Methods of generating fields: magnetic particles and suspending liquids Magnetography. Acoustic methods: Leak detection: Thermal inspection. Electromagnetic testing: Magnetism: Magnetic domains: Magnetization curves: Magnetic Hysteresis: Hysteresis-loop tests: comparator .X-rays sources. Optical holographic methods.bridge tests Absolute single-coil system: applications. Ionising radiation . Applications. 4. Non-Destructive Testing by Warren J. Halmshaw 2. Module II Radiographic methods and Limitations: Principles of radiography: sources of radiation. Electrical methods: Eddy current methods: potential-drop methods.08.13 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Visual methods: Optical aids. Non-Destructive Testing by P. Module III Magnetic methods: Advantages.. Limitations. Generation of Ultrasonic waves. In Part B. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. applications. In Part A. Other methods: Acoustic Emission methods.506. Non-Destructive Testing by Baldev Raj et. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Nondestructive inspection and quality control 3. 2 questions of 20 marks each.Mcgomnagle.II. Ultrasonic testing of materials: Advantages. disadvantages. general characteristics of ultrasonic waves: methods and instruments for ultrasonic materials testing: special techniques. In-situ metallography. field sensitive probes: applications.
magnets. In Part A. Sintering atmospheres. Liquid phase sintering and related processes.Upadhayay. E.H. Die design and tooling for consolidation of powders.506. Method of size analysis and surface area assessment. Powder Metallurgy-Gopal S. Powder forging. Blending techniques. Isostatic pressing. Upadhayay 6. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components : Porous bearing. Cemented carbides. In Part B. REFERENCES: 1. Cemented Tungsten carbide Production. sintering temperature and time on sintered properties.Gopal S. 2. New methods of consolidation. Metallic filters. thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes. Purity of metal powders. Apparent density and flowability measurement. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. properties and testing.g. Effect of compacting pressure. Powder rolling. Powder Metallurgy-ASM Vol. Friction materials and Composites. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Types of sintering furnaces. Module II Powder compaction: Mechanical. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Recrystallization. Roll of diffusion. Presses used for transmission. Module III Theories of sintering: Sintering mechanism. 3. Electrical contact materials. Pore emigration. Powder characterization: problem of size determination. Pore-growth and coalescence.08. and Clayton. 91 . Powder Metallurgy-Thumler 4. Powder Metallurgy-Dixtor R.14 POWDER METALLURGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Manufacture of metal powders : Conventional methods and modern methods of metal powder manufacture. 5. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. II. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Advantages and limitations of these methods. Powder Metallurgy-Sands and Shakespeare.
Computer controlling of fleet activity . L-T. duty of drivers and conductors. zone systems. "Fleet management ". Faulks -Road and Coach Operation 2. Rev.Budget activity .Methods of fare collection . factors affecting frequency.506. 4.Trip leasing Module II Route planning and Scheduling: Sources of traffic. McGraw-Hill Co.types of driving licenses.Driver checklist . 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.L. supply management and budget: Scheduled and unscheduled maintenace .Software Model .Preparation of fare table. " Traffic engineering and Transport Planning ". health and safety. use of flat graph method. procedure for obtaining driving license. 3-1-0 92 . turning points.Licensing of drivers . London. calculating average charge. principle of transport. survey of rout. 2 questions of 20 marks each. welfare.Capital expenditures Classification of vehicle expenses Module III Fleet Management. References: 1.Training devices and techniques .Planning and scope . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Motor vehicle act: Importance of motor vehicle act. checking efficiency of crew. Vehicle maintenance.D. preparation of vehicle and crew schedules. III Edition.08. Data Processing And Fare Structure : Fleet management and data processing .Bin tag systems – Time management . Job instruction training .Basic principles of supervising. John Dolu. 1984..Driver and mechanic hiring . stopping places. procedure for obtaining permits.Energy management. duty arrangements. time table layout. Organising Time and people.. registration of vehicle. town planning.Data processing systems . 5.L. straight and tapered scales fare structure .traffic signs Constructional regulations . administration.Forms of ownership. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.Control of repair backlogs .Registration of motor vehicles . In Part A.Control of permits .. 3. Kadiyali. Basis of fares. "The Motor vehicle Act ".Parts control .Cost of options. types of permits. Kitchin. Schedules and sections . In Part B.R. " Bus operation ".D. Management Training and Operations. determination of vehicle efficiency. internal organization. Goverment Publication. recruitment and training. duty roaster.Time record keeping . third party insurance. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60).Breakdown analysis . direction of traffic flow. effect of competition and control. 1989. traffic and administration). management. 1992.Balancing inventory cost against downtime . llliffe and Sons Ltd. estimated traffic possibility..Lists for driver and mechanic . use of vehicle running numbers. Cost of inventory .Evaluation of PMI programme – Work scheduling Overtime . centralized & decentralized condition (Engineering.Limits of speed .15 VEHICLE TRANSPORT & FLEET MANAGEMENT Credits 4 Module I Organization and management. W.
2.Expansion value calibration . Trouble shooting of air controlling system – Compressor service. Reston Publishing Co Inc. Damkundwar . 1978.Servicing heater system Removing and replacing components. Paul Weiser.Air conditioning protection – Engine protection.. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Manually controlled air conditioner Heater system .Testing the air control and handling systems. In Part A. 93 . 3.Evaporator care air flow through the Dash recirculating unit . William H Crouse and Donald L Anglin.D. Gamines &Boyce L. 1990. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60).L..08. Compressor components . Thermostatic expansion value . MODULE II Air Conditioner . 5. C. 1990. Prentice Hall Ind.Evaporator pressure regulator . " Mitchell Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning Systems ".Heating System: Automotive heaters . Mitchell information Services.Condenser and high pressure service ports.Ford automatically controlled air conditioner and heater systems .Automotive Air Conditioning 6.16 AUTOMOTIVE AIRCONDITIONING L-T. Inc.Refrigeration and Air Conditioning University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. McGraw-Hill Inc. MODULE III Air Routing & Temperature Control: Objectives .Automatic temperature control – Duct system .Controlling flow .. F.Handling refrigerants . 2 questions of 20 marks each.Ambient conditions affecting system pressures.. Psychrometry and air composition Adiabatic saturation and Thermodynamic wet bulb temperature Basic air conditioning system . K. Leslie.Tapping into the refrigerant container Refrigeration system diagnosis .Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 7. Theodore Audel series.Schematic layout of a refrigeration system. MacDonald. 1989. Dwiggins . Refrigerant: Containers . In Part B. Air Conditioning Service: Air conditioner maintenance and service .Diagnostic procedure .Vacuum reserve . " Automotive Air Conditioning ". " Automotive Air conditioning ".PArora .Location of air conditioning components in a car . 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Airconditioning Fundamentals: Definition of Air Conditioning.506.Controlling evaporator temperature . 4. References: 1.Automatic temperature control . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Evaporator temperature regulator. " Automotive Air Conditioning ".
17 TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLES L-T.. " Motor cycle Engineering ". Case study of two and three wheelers: Salient features of modern two wheelers. scooters. Irving. Service Manuals of popular Indian two and three wheeled vehicles University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.08. shock absorber systems. 1990. shaft drive and variable drive mechanisms and their constructional aspects. centrifugal clutch. 3. body manufacturer and paints & Painting methods Brakes.. London. mufflers & silencers. Tyres and tubes . Front and rear brake links layouts. Temple Press Book. different types of synchronizers. selective and progressive gear boxes. Wheels and tyres: Drum brakes. Raymond Broad. Electrical systems: Magneto ignition system. reed valves. scavenging efficiency. 2 questions of 20 marks each.. Temple PressLtd..D . Spoked wheel. transmission References: 1. Disc types. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).506. 1987. 20 volumes ". Catalytic converters. classification. Bryaut. valve timing. " The Cycle Motor Manual ". Types of scavenging processes. Power plants: Two stroke and four stroke.V. In Part B. In Part A. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60).E. Disc brakes. Three wheelers – different types. multiple disc clutch. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I General Introduction: Motor cycles. " Vespa Maintenance and Repair series ". Lambretta . high tension and low tension magneto ignition. constructional features and types of oil seals. Disc wheel. lighting system. cast wheel. microprocessor controlled ignition system etc. 1992." A practical guide to maintenance and repair ". layouts.R. Scavenging pump. MODULE-II Power transmission: Clutches. Marshall Cavensih. bearing system. arrangements. necessities. 4. 1989. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. gear drive. comparison with battery ignition system. constructional aspects. starting motor. engine ports. London. 6. merits and demerits.P. MODULE-III Body: Constructional details of frames and front fork suspension systems. electronic ignition systems like CDI. 2. valves and valve actuating mechanisms. accessories horn. different arrangement of cylinders. mopeds and three wheeled vehicles. Rotary valve engine lubrication and fuel supply systems in two wheelers. New York and London. 94 . " Encyclopedia of Motor cycling. carburetion system and operation.Different types . 5.
Torsion of rolled sections.walled multiple cell closed sections. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). S. Reciprocal relations. State of pure shear. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. Maxwell-Betti-Rayleigh reciprocal theorem.T. Differential equations of equilibrium in rectangular co-ordinates. Timoshenko and Goodier. Straight beams and asymmetrical bending. 3. Mc Graw Hill.M.H 2. Torsion of thin. Module II Energy methods.606.A Kazimi .1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS Credits : 4 Module I Analysis of stress. Transformation of stresses. Castigliano’s II theorem. Analysis of strain. Bending of beams. Torsion of circular. Theory of Elasticity. Stress-Strain relations. stress components on an arbitrary plane. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. shear centre.M. strain-displacement relations–Principal strains and principal axes. Fictitious load method. Plane stress and plane strain. Solid Mechanics. Castigliano’s I theorem. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Theorem of virtual work. shear stresses in thin walled open sections. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Membrane analogy. References: 1. State of stress at a point. T.S Srinath. Rectangular stress components. Analysis of stress in two dimensions.M. elliptic and equilateral triangular bars.walled tubes. Torsion of bars with narrow rectangular cross-section. Bending of curved bars (Winkler–Bach formula) Module III Torsion -Torsion of General prismatic bars. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 95 . Engessers theorem. Planes of maximum shear. Center of twist and flexural centre.ELECTIVE II 08.H. Compatibility conditions. L. Principal stress and Principal planes. Torsion of thin.
Hydrogen.Conventional Energy Sources” 5. Khanna Publishers. Geothermal Energy.Energy resources – Geothermal electrical power plants – Non-electric applications. L.Merits and demerits.08.Fusion fuels and reactions. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). ‘Solar Energy Thermal Processes”. Storage and Transportation – production and application of methanol. Module II Nuclear fusion.Biogas plants.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Basic principles of thermoelectric and thermionic generations.Design and construction.606. Ocean Power. Rao & Parulekar – “ Energy Technology”.Thermoelectric effects. New York.socio. References : 1. D.Wind forms. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 96 . 4.Thermal storage. Solar energy – Terms and definitions.Principle of OTEC systemsOcean wave energy conversion systems.Production.Design and selection of materials.Applications.Solar collectors and Concentrationsperformance analysis of flat plate collectors.Sustained fusion reaction. A.Fundamentals and Applications. 2. Isaac Pitman & Son Ltd. Duff ice & Beckman.Solar thermal devices – Solar power generation.Solar – wind hybrid. 3.Production and containment of plasma – Fusion – breeder concept.generator systems. Rai.economic relevance. Prentice Hall Inc.Selection of fuel and operating conditionsPractical fuel cells – The Redox cell. John wiley & Sons.Tidal power. Chang – “Energy Conversion”. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Introduction and Applications.Thermodynamics of fuel cells. Fuel cells. Principle of MHD Generators – Choice of generator parameters – Applications.Wind turbine. Coobme – “An Introduction to Direct Energy Conversion”. Photoelectric conversion – Conceptual Description of photovoltaic effect – Solar cell – Materials and prospects . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. “Non.Biogas energy. G. Sheldon S. Module III Wind Energy.Resources.Principle of biogas production. R.
“ The Java Tutorial: Object-Oriented Programming for the Internet”.integrating database . SAMS Teachmedia 3.applet classes .Java virtual machine . Servlets.08.using the clipboard .JAR files . Campione. Naughton Patrick & Herbert Schildt.CORBA . Jamie Jaworski. “Java 2 Platform Unleashed: The Comprehensive Solution”. “The Java Tutorial Continued: The Rest of the JDK”.Java servlets . connecting to database .writing console applications utility and math packages Module II Swing programming .GUI building with canvas .Java applet writing basics .support into web applications . Holzner S.notable beans . Java 2.Java platform API .RMI and distributed applications . & Walrath K.3 OBJECT OREINTED PROGRAMMING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I OOPS and Java basics . Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.working with remote objects .JSDK .exceptions and abstract classes .input/output streams .developing beans .working with swing components .606.network programming client and server Programs .Java IDL and ORBs. “Java 2: The Complete Reference”.using JDBC . Addison Wesley 5. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.working with Java management APIS Module III Distributed application architecture . Campione M. Addison Wesley 2. Swings. JDBC & Java Beans Programming. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 97 .creating window applications .applet security .working with 2D and 3D Graphics . IDG Books 4.creating animations Java beans development kit . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Walrath & Huml Tutorial team.Java native interface References: 1.object serialization and Java spaces .naming and directory services .extended security model .using audio and video ..printing . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).
Radiation safety : Reactor shielding – Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protection – Nuclear waste disposal. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Nuclear reactions and radiations – Principles of radio active decay interactions of an ray with matter – Neutron cross sections and reactions – The fission process – Chain reactions – Basic principles of controlled fusion . moderator .606. Module II Boiling water reactor . Materials of reactor construction – Fuel . coolant – Structural materials – Cladding –Radiation damage. References 1. Nuclear reactor principles – Reactor classification – Critical size – Basic diffusion theory Slowing down of neutrons – Neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control .Van Nostrand Co University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Source book on atomic energy –. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 98 . 2. Nuclear fuels : Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradiated fuel – Separation process fuel enrichment . Classtone & Sesonske.08. Module III Reactor heat removal / equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removed in fast reactors . Nuclear reactor Engineering –D Van Nostrand Co. S Glasstono. Description of reactor system – Main components – Control and safety features . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). D. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NUCLEAR ENGINEERING Module I Credits : 4 Review of Elementary nuclear physics: Atomic structure – nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission.
References: 1. MODULE III Forging . Tool Design.Rolling Metals – Fundamental principles of metal rolling classification of rolled products.– Deformation temperature – Rate of deformation – Friction and Lubrication. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL WORKING METHODS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction : Elements of mechanical processing systems – Definition of mechanical working – Hot and cold working – Comparison with other processing systems . 4. The Design Handbook. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 99 . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. blanking drawing and bending – Compound and progressive dies – Computation of capacities and tonnage requirements for blanking . 2. Energy and power requirements in plastic deformation – Factors affecting plastic deformation. Alexander Brower. 6. C B Cole .08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Press working of metals – Description and classification of the processes – Product and die design for shearing . Extrusion and Wire drawing – Principles of product design and die design in forging – Calculation of forging loads and selection of hammers and process for forging – Design of extrusion and wire – drawing dies – Computation of power requirements problems encountered and defects in the above processes .piercing and drawing operations – Process selection and selection of process problems and defects in press working . Need for preheating. 3. 5. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and processing. Fundamentals of tool design. Metal Working Technology. ASTME. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Need for heat treatments after mechanical working – Heat treatment methods – Furnaces for pre heating and heat treatment MODULE II Materials for mechanical working . Richard Little.A brief survey of the characteristics and composition of the common ferrous and non ferrous alloys and non metallic materials used for mechanical working . Cambell.606. types and sizes – Basic principles of draughting schedule design and roll pass design (simple examples ) Roll load and power required in rolling – Problems encountered and defects in rolling practice. ASTME. Manufacturing properties of Materials. Elastic and plastic behaviour – Yielding and yield stress – Conventional stress – Strain curve and true stress-strain curve – Ductile and brittle behaviour – The flow curve.
Winston P.. Addison Wesley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. LISP.A New Synthesis.case based reasoning . Tata McGraw Hill 4.606.the blackboard architecture Module II Knowledge intensive problem solving .H.structured representation Module III Languages and programming techniques for AI . Tanimotto S.network representation .streams and delayed evaluation . Addison Wesley 2. Harcourt Asia Pte.structures and strategies for state space search . Nilsson N..F.CLOS Introduction to understanding natural language .J.issues .overview of LISP .search . Artificial Intelligence.reasoning with uncertain or incomplete information .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Definition . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Computer Science Press 5.complexity issues . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 100 .search strategies .nonmonotonic systems .knowledge representation problem . & Stubblefield W.recursion interpreters .rule-based expert systems . Artificial Intelligence .history and applications .08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each..control and implementation of state space search production systems .knowledge representation . The Elements of Artificial Intelligence.model based reasoning .expert system technology .heuristic search algorithms heuristics in games .. Artificial Intelligence.pattern matching .statistical approach .expert system shell in LISP . Luger G.logic programming in LISP . Elain Rich & Kevin Knight.introduction to automated reasoning introduction to machine learning References: 1. 3.L.propositional calculus .languages . Ltd. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).A.higher order functions and procedural abstractions .planning .inference rules .predicate calculus .fuzzy sets .conceptual graphs .network representations and inheritance .
7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SYSTEM MODELLING AND SIMULATION Credits : 4 Module I System concepts .G.W.Input modelling for simulation . Discrete-Event System Simulation.discrete and continuous systems . Module III Measures of performance and their estimation .salient features of simulators such as WITNESS and ARENA References: 1. John Wiley 3. Simulation modelling and analysis of manufacturing systems . McGraw Hill International Editions 6. & Nelson B. Third Edition.batch means method.Introduction to simulation software for manufacturing applications salient features of simulation languages such as general purpose simulation system (GPSS) and simulation language for alternative modelling (SLAM) .D. Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited 4.output analysis for terminating simulations confidence interval estimation for a fixed number of replication . Modelling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.A. System Simulation.system analysis .system simulation . single queue systems and simple inventory systems .the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and the Chi-square test .modelling world views Module II Random number generation ..D.P.validation of model assumptions and validating input-output transformations .data collection .S.types of system study .Chi-square goodness of fit test Verification and validation of simulation models ...tests for random numbers .steps in a simulation study .R.. & Sadowski D. uniform and empirical discrete and empirical continuous distributions .frequency tests ..Monte Carlo simulation . Banks J. Simulation with ARENA..comparison of simulation and analytical models . Askin R.output analysis for steady-state simulations .initialization bias replication method .issues in simulation of manufacturing systems .objectives . Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2.random variate generation .exponential.verification of simulation models . & Kelton W. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Simulation Modelling and Analysis. Deo N.types of simulations with respect to output analysis.event scheduling/time advance algorithm . Kelton W.08.L.system modelling types of models . Carson J.performance measures .examples of simulation of single server.techniques for generating random numbers .output analysis for a single model .system design and system postulation .sample size determination for a specified precision .identifying the distribution using histograms . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Law A.components of a system ..inverse transformation method . WCB/McGraw Hill International Editions University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.calibration and validation of models .. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 5.concepts in discrete event system simulation . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 101 .606. System Simulation with Digital Computer.confidence intervals with specified precision .simulation of simple job shop manufacturing systems . & Standridge C.parameter estimation . Sadowski R.face validity . Gordon G.
** Electrical transformation. Process Instrument and Control Hand Book. Set point.Direct methods. Application and Design.Routh – Hurvitz criterion. Simple transducer elements.I Measurement: Aims. E.Nyquist criterion. 4. Force.Transfer functions. O Doeblin.Classification of control system. E.Bridge circuits.Temperature scales. Pribanco. Considine. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Measuring system for resistance thermometers and Thermocouples.606.Level indicator.Functions of Instrument.Specification for transducers.First order proportional and second order proportional elements. Errors in measuring Instruments. Measurement of Temperature.Force balance principles. A. D.Dynamic response – Analogues circuits stability of control systems.Sensing element: TypesSensors for motion. Error distribution.Block diagram.Primary elements – Secondary elements.Types of transducers.Measuring devices and their ranges. Measurements System.Voltage and current generating Analog type.Static and dynamic Measurements.Identification of plat Characteristics.Rule of Block diagram algebra.RotameterMeasurements of liquid level.K.Boiler drum.Electrical type and mechanical type.Area flow meters.Calibration. R. Frequency and pulse generating transducers. 3. Speed.Calibration Low pressure measuring devices. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.8 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE.Head flow meters. MODULE – II Measurement of pressure.Filled system thermometersAmbient temperature compensation.Ring balance – Impulse line layout. MODULE – III Control system. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 102 . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Fleat monometers.Fundamental methods. REFERENCES: 1.Deformation of elastic members.squire root extraction.08. Industrial Instrumentation.Inferential methods.Angular motion. M. Time element. Jain. Sources of error.Flow transducers. Terminology. Measurement of flow. Basic fixed point.Measurement systems. Variable parameter Analog type. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements. 2.
Credits : 4
MODULE I Importance of Materials Handling- Principles of Materials Handling – Principal groups of Materials handling equipments – General characteristics and applications of materials handling equipments – Modern trends in Materials handling . Lifting equipments – hoist –Components of hoist – Load handling attachments – hooks , grabs and clamps – Grabbing attachments for bulk materials – Wire ropes – and chains – MODULE II Lifting tackle pulleys for gain of force and speed – Tension in drop parts – Drums , shears and sprockets - Arresting gear and brakes – block brakes , band brakes , thrust brakes – Safety and hand cranks .Principle operation of EOT , Gantry and jib cranes – Hoisting Mechanisms , travelling mechanisms , luffing mechanisms – slewing mechanisms – Elevators and lifts . MODULE III Conveying Machines - Belt conveyers – Types , principal components of a conveyor and their purpose – Conveyor belts – tractive elements – take up devices – Special types of belt conveyors - Metal belt conveyors – Apron conveyors – Elevators , Passenger conveyors – Flight conveyors , Principal types and applications – Bucket flight conveyors – Cradle conveyors – Conveyor elevators .Overhead Conveyors – Principal types and applications – Overhead pusher conveyor – Overhead load towing truck conveyors – Load carrying car conveyors – Load towing and walking beam conveyors – Bucket elevators – Cradle conveyors – Screw conveyors - Oscillating conveyors – Roller conveyors – Hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors – Chutes – bins. REFERENCES 1. Rudanko, Material Handling Equipments. 2. Alexandr V ,Material Handling Equipment. 3. A. Spivakvsky and V. Dyachkov , Conveying Machines University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
08.606.10 AGRO MACHINERY
Credits : 4 MODULE I Tractors – Design and Operating principles of Engine transmission and control systems – Working details of different types of attachment in the tractor –Tillage – Soil structure – Moisture – Temperature and aeration – Destruction of weeds and posts – Types of tractor plough – Life Mechanisms. Pumps and Spraying machinery – Types of pumps and their selection – Installation and working details – Regulating arrangements spraying machinery Spray pumps – Nozzles – Vibrated broom distribution – Spray materials – Types of field crop sprayers – Aircraft spraying – Dusting machines . MODULE II Earth moving equipments – Drainage Excavators – Ditching equipments – trench cutting machines – Bull dozers – Angle dozers – Earth scooper – graders – tractor winches – Road sweepers – Slurry scrappers .Working details of machinery like : Cultivators – harro weeding equipments – land levellers – seed drills – grass seed drills – Ridgers – Gapping or thinning machines – Manure distributors – Speeders – Lawn movers – Rotary grass cutters – Hay leaders - Silage and silage machinery – Winnowers - Combined clearing and grading machinery. MODULE III Machinery for milk production – Essentials of milking machines – Types of milking plane – Bucket , direct to churn milking parlours – Bulk handing milking bails – Milk cooling and serialisation – Cream separators .Testing of Machinery – H.P. Developed – other performance tests and testing equipments – wear testing , life testing – Tractor draw bar performance curves – Characterises curves for pumps – Maintenance Engineering – Servicing – check up – sparo parts – stand by sparo parts requirements – Service workshop – Organisation and management – Labour and Machinery required References: 1. Rodichev and G.Rodicheva, "Tractor and Automobiles ", MIR Publishers, 1987. 2. Kolchin.A., and V.Demidov "Design of Automotive engines for tractor ", MIR Publishers, 1972. 3. A. Guruvech and B. Sorekin- Tractors, MI1R Publishers Moscow, 1975 4. Geleman and M. Maskovin- Farm tractors, MIR. Publishers, Moscow, 1975 5. Smith , Harris Pearson & Wilkes, Lambert Henry- Farm machinery and equipment, TATA McGraw Hill Publications, 1977 6. Herbert Nicholos- Moving the earth. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
08.606.11 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4
Module 1 Introduction to the concept of quality - Small ‘q’ & Big ‘Q’- Total quality model – internal and external customer -TQM axioms Quality management philosophies: Major contributions of Deming, Juran and Crossby to quality management- Juran Trilogy, PDCA Cycle, 5S, Kaizen – Cost of quality- quality and cost-Characteristics of quality cost - Barriers to TQM Implementation. Module II TQM Principles-Customer satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation. Quality planning: SWOT analysis-Strategic planning-strategic grid-organizational culture. Customer orientation: Customer focus-customer satisfaction model-customer retention model-Quality Function Deployment Module III Problem solving process: Steps involved in problem solving-Quality control tools: Brain storming-Histograms-Check sheets- Pareto diagram-Ishikawa diagram-Control chartsScatter diagram- Introduction to seven new management tools. Continuous improvement strategies: Deming wheel- Zero defect concept- Six sigma approach – application of six sigma approach to various industrial situations. Quality circles- Benchmarking- Quality standards – Need of standardization - ISO 9000 series – ISO 14000 series – Other contemporary standards. REFERENCES 1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003. (Indian reprint 2004). ISBN 81-297-0260-6. 2 L .Suganthi and Anand A Samuel :Tatal Quality Management, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi. 3. K Sridhara Bhat :Total Quality Management , Text and cases. Himalaya Publishing House. 4. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5). 5. Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw-Hill, 1991. 6. Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1989. 7. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age International 1996. 8. Zeiri. “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
displacement accuracy-errors due to numerical interpolation-definition of accuracy of NC system-errors in the NC machines-feed stiffness-zero stability. 1996. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). REFERENCES: 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 106 . Dimensioning accuracy and surface finish: Definition of terms – dimensional chains – dimensional stepped shaft-assigning tolerances in the constituent dimensions-dimensional chains – concepts of precision machining-finish turning-boring-grinding. “The Science and Engineering of Micro electronic Fabrication”. 2. Module II Static stiffness and its influence and inaccuracy due to thermal effects in the machine tools: Overall stiffness of a lathe-compliance of work piece-errors caused by cutting forces deformation in turning-boring-milling-heat sources-thermal effects-rate of thermal expansion. “Nano Technology”. “Precision Engineering in Manufacturing”. materials and micro actuators: Smart Structures-smart sensors-micro valves-MEMS . Artech House. Murthy. “Understanding Smart Sensors”. diamond turning-micro positioning devices. Oxford University Press.L. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Boston. Norio Tanigughi.micro optics . Module III Micro manufacturing process: Micro machining-photo resist process-lithography-optical.08. 1996. Stephen A. Smart structures. accuracy of machine toolsspindle accuracy. 4.12 PRECISION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Concept of accuracy and of machine tools: Part accuracy–errors.R.micro dynamometer ..606. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.micro motors . New Age International (P) Ltd.Campbell. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Randy Frank. Oxford University Press. 1996. 3.micro pumps .micro machines – structures .micro nozzles.cooling channels . Processing of materials-electron beam machining-iron beam machining-micro forming.
Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Introduction to microelectronic Fabrication”. Addision-Wesley.. 2003 2. Steven R. E. “Manufacturing Processes” John Wileys Sons. Ostwald Phylips and Bageman.. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 6. squeeze casting and semisolid metal forming-Rapid solidification for Amorphous alloys. 3.R.plaster mold and ceramic mold casting – vacuum casting – Evaporative pattern casting. 1988.08. Amstead B..Single crystal silicon reactive etching (SCREAM) ..13 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Advances in casting: Newer casting processes . Filament winding.C.S. Injection. Module III Manufacturing processes for MEMS: Introduction to MEMS – semiconductors and silicon – crystal growing and wafer preparation –Films and film deposition – Oxidation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).. U. ceramic shell investment casting. Third Edition. I.T. “Advanced machining”.wet etching – dry etching – wire bonding and packaging – printed circuit boards – Micro machining – Bulk micro machining – surface micro machining. 1995. Materials park. “Plastic Processing Technology”.silicon micro machining by single step plasma etching (SIMPLE) – Etching combined with fusion bonding – LIGA micro fabrication process – Solid free form fabrication. REFERENCES 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4 107 . Schemid. Serope Kalpakjian.K. 5. Muccic. 4. Rapid prototyping and rapid tooling: Introduction – Stereo lithography – Fused deposition moulding – selective laser machining – Laminated object manufacturing – solid base curing – Direct manufacturing and rapid tooling.Sintering – hot pressing –Isostatic pressing – hot and cold (HIP and CIP).. vacuum bag – contact – resin transfer – transfer / injection. Blow and rotational moulding of plastics-Thermoforming-Compression moulding – Transfer moulding – Foam moulding Processing of reinforced plastics and composite –Moulding – compression. Module II Manufacturing processes for plastics: Extrusion.Smith. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. ceramic moulds – spray deposition . Pearson Education. pressureless compaction.A. Powder metallurgy processes: Methods of Powder production – Blending of metal powdersCompaction of metal powders. “Manufacturing processes for Engineering Materials”.F.Finishing of sintered parts. Jaeger R.1989.Lithographydiffusion and Ion implementation – Etching .606.H. Fourth edition. “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. Serope Kalpakjian. slush casting. selective laser Sintering – Other shaping processes – Metal Injection moulding. Brahem. 1987.AddisonWesley Publication Co.. ASM Int. OHIO. 1994.L.
Elements of X-Ray diffraction :B. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere construction. Scanning electron microscopy: construction.14 MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Scope of metallographic studies in materials science. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. elementary treatment of image contrast.Wesley publishing company. Optical microscopy of metals : R.) Module II Production and properties of X-rays. indexing of selected area diffraction patterns. Gifkins. interaction of electrons with matter. image formation. Scattering of an electron by an atom. numerical aperture. Bragg’s law of diffraction. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 108 .606. modes of operation. principles of phase contrast. structure factor and intensity calculations. Wavelength Dispersive Spectroscopy. interference and polarized light microscopy. Beanland . depth of field and depth of focus. Effect of texture.Humphreys and R.Goodhew.08. 3. Chemical analysis by X-rays. Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Particle size determination Module III Construction and working principles of transmission electron microscopes. resolution and magnification. particle size. sample preparation.B Williams and C. 4. grain size determination volume fraction of phases etc. Stereographic projection. Electron microscopy and analysis: P. Bright field and dark field contrast. Understanding image formation. Transmission electron microscopy –D. magnification.J.1970 2. Selected area diffraction. magnification. 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. resolving power. resolution of a microscope. quantitative analysis using optical microscopy (inclusion analysis. publishers addition .Publishers :Sir Isac pitman and Sons LTD . by a unit cell. depth of focus. Stress measurement. Image formation. sample preparation techniques.C . Publishers :Taylor and francis. Indexing of powder photographs. Bright field and dark field images. micro and macro strain on diffraction lines. References: 1.Barry carter . J.D Cullity . Important lens defects and their correction. Optical microscopy.Planum press Newyork 1996. X-ray diffraction.
Jackson. Material properties. healthcare. . “Micro fabrication and Nanomanufacturing”. 5.Binderless wheel – Free form optics. “The MEMS Handbook”.Materials for MEMS – MEMS fabrication. McGraw Hill. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 2002. Mark J. smart materials. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. CRC Press. micro scale transport – feed back systems.Future of MEMS. “Microchip fabrication”. Sámi Franssila. Peter Van Zant.Ultraprecision grinding. 2004. ferroelectric. and diffusional phase transformations. 4. UK. “Introduction to Micro Fabrication”. industrial properties etc. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). defence. Clean roomyield model – Wafer IC manufacturing – PSM – IC industry-New Materials-Bonding and layer transfer-devices.Electro chemical Machining. its connection to molecular structure and its consequences on macroscopic properties – Phase transformations in crystalline solids including marten site.15 MICROMACHINING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Micro System design. sensing methods. micro fabrication Technologies. 2.Micromachining tool design. Aerospace. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 109 . Electron beam machining. Structural behavior. Madore J.08. 2004. John Wiley and sons Ltd. “fundamental of Micro fabrication”... Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Mechanical micromachining: Theory of micromachining-Chip formation-size effect in micromachining-microturning. twinning and domain patterns.606. 3. REFERENCES: 1. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak. Micro electro mechanical system fabrication: Introduction – Advance in Micro electronics – characteristics and Principles of MEMS – Design and application of MEMS: Automobile. Module III Precision Grinding-Partial ductile mode grinding. Micromechanics: Microstructure of materials. CRC Press. 2006. micromilling. Module II Micro-fabrication: Bulk processes – surface processes – sacrificial processes and Bonding processes – special machining: Laser beam micro machining-Electrical Discharge Machining – Ultrasonic Machining. CRC Press.Bulk Micro Machining-LIGA – Microsystems packaging. microdrilling. 2006.
strap layout . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 110 . William and Boyes.Hoffman. knecleant plates . Fine blanking . MODULE II Press work tools . Load variation during blanking – Reduction of cutting load stock step . Tool Design. coining . Blanking and piercing tools .TMH 2. flexible fixtures . forming dies – Embossing . V. Fundamentals of Fixture Design. simple die .08. modular fixtures . Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book. metal flow during drawing operations . 4.Koraskove Mir. Cysil Donaldson. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Fixture for lathe operations. Types of locators clamping . Edward G. 3. bush specifications. Work holding devices different types – Design of drill jigs .16 TOOL ENGINEERING (MU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures – Elements of fixtures . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. milling fixtures. References: 1. press cycle . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. advantages – sheet metal bending –Bending dies . compound die . forming . Design considerations .. fixtures for CNC machines . progressive die . Fundamentals of tool design. MODULE III CAD for tooling :-Turret press FMS – Computer applications (CAD /CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies – group tooling – Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidised bed fixturing. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).606. locators . striper . Types of dies .
Material selection for automotive components.R. Crash testing: Human testing. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.I. Chassis design and analysis: chasis type. typical layout of commercial vehicle types.T. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Robert Scharff & James. typical layout of bus and coach bodies. in-floor systems. warning and instructions. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 111 . package drawing. Pune 7. shielding.Duffy – Motor Auto body repair. Paul Browne. operation of dozers. FF. Mechanical and physical properties of automotive materials. passenger car body styles. body frame construction.Automotive vehicle safety-SAE 2002 8.Part I and Part H C. Failure and reliability. Julian happian-smith An introduction to modern vehicle design-SAE 2004 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. unitized frame and body construction. Delmar Publishers 3. Anthropometry. :Introduction.straightening equipment. Testing and failure prediction. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Modern materials for vehicle design: Introduction. Redesign of bus bodies.606. determining the conditions of the collision. safety factors. the dozer technique. chainless anchoring systems References: 1.D. Structure and manufacturing technology of automotive materials. S. structural analysis by simple structural surface method. Body design: coach and bus body styles.17 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING L-T. Body alignment. Competitive race testing. Quick and dirty mock ups. importance of avoiding failures MODULE-III Introduction to vehicle safety: Basic concept of vehicle safety-underlying principles. Fairbrother – Principles and practice of Vehicle body repair. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Porto power. Crash worthiness.E. operation of conventional Porto power.Paint and painting process Diagnosing major collision damage: impact and its effect on a vehicle.08. FR. Pauloski.Vehicle Body Engineering 2. Hutchinson 4. J. 2-dimentional manikins. Compliance testing.P. interlocking. repairing rust damage. The role of endurance and durability studies in the manufacturing of vehicles. & MR body structure details MODULE-II Ergonomics method and tool to promote occupant accommodation: standards guidelines and recommendations. Component testing. George A Peters & Barbara J.Body Engineering 5. general repair techniques. Peters. vehicle seating configuration(based on SAE). Minor auto body repairs: types of body fillers and its application. Page. Painting: Corrosion and anticorrosion method .Auto care manual 6. body bay systems (flexi-force)..
test tracks. three chamber corrosion testing.energy consumption in conventional automobiles.820367. wheel balancing.Vehicle operation and performance.820346. Measurement of BHP. MODULE-III Vehicle performance: Methods for evaluating vehicle performance. IHP. smoke meter. brake testers. different types of dynamometers. PDI. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. noise from auxiliaries. tyre and road condition and traffic condition and driving habits on fuel economy. intensive driving. Vehicle testing on chassis dynamometers: two wheel & four wheel dynamometers.for petrol and diesel engines. W. vibration control. London. 3-1-0 112 . exhaust gas analyzers various types.Automotive technology – Khanna publishers. brake squeal. N. 2009 4. safety. effect of vehicle condition. brake testing on the road.K. infrared gas analyzers. sources of vehicle noiseintake and exhaust noise.606..820371 and 820375 5. noise control methods. References: 1. engine running in and durability. transmission noises. Crouse and L. FIP calibrating and testing. Wildlife Publications.Motor vehicle inspection. G. wheel alignment testing. Road and track testing: Initial inspection. performance. emission and fuel economy.831814.technical paper OTA-ETI-638. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. Operation of full load and part conditions. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. hill climbing. head light alignment testing. SAE Transaction papers. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. handling and ride characteristics. Initial free services.Giri. mechanical noise. CAFÉ standards. maximum speed and acceleration. combustion noise.18 VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING Credits 4 MODULE-I Laboratory testing: Basic engine parameters. H. fundamentals of acoustics.D.II Noise vibration and Harshness: Review of vibration fundamentals. Standard noise measurement methods. Dr. Anglin.08. McGraw Hill Book Co. Julian Happian-Smith – An introduction to vehicle design – SAE. road testing.hydraulic. automotive noise criteria. Giles. vehicle testing lanes . Engine testing on dynamometers.side slip testers. engine analyzers. MODULE. eddy current etc. wind noises. human response to sound. Advanced automotive technology – visions of a super efficient family car. mechanism of corrosion. J. wind tunnel testing. 2004 6.Orsat apparatus. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Noise inside and outside the vehicle. 1978 3. 1969 2. structure noise.
biogas. handling & storage-properties of diesel. Energy research group. chemical & combustion properties of IC engine fuels. David Powell and Richard P.Giri. smooth and efficient burning – volatility. T. ignition quality.D.manufacture of methanol. straight vegetable oils and biodiesels. polymerisation. products of refining process. diesel index. structure of petroleum.08. Indian standard for diesel. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Dr. gasoline blends. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 113 .K.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd 8. comparison of properties of alcohols and gasoline as SI engine fuels. petroleum refining process-thermal cracking. knock rating of SI engine fuels. Isomerisation. alkylation. Warrendale. reforming & blending. Module-III Alternate fuels: Alcohols for SI engines. Fuels for SI engines: Requirements of an Ideal gasoline. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. Gaseous fuels: LPG as an IC engine fuel.volumetric and gravimetric analysis. performance properties of engines with biodiesel. catalytic cracking. Indian specification for biodiesel. engine modifications to run on gaseous fuels. fuel additives. numerical examples. Bechtold.19 L-T. air requirement.606.Automotive Fuels reference book. Brennan. 1991 4. 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE FUELS & ALTERNATE FUELS Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: Physical. References: 1. effect of volatility on engine performance-ASTM distillation curve. producer gas. SAE INC.N Vezgirigiu. sensitivity & performance number. SAE 6.Alternative energy sources University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. cetane number. manufacture of ethanol. cleanliness. winter and summer gasoline. K.petroleum fuels. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. a/f ratio. engine performance with pure alcohols.N.Automobile technology. Mathur & Sharma – IC engines. Richard L. non. Indian standard for gasoline. SAE 7. alcohol gasoline fuel blends-gasohol. khanna publications 3. natural gas – CNG and LNG.E85 Alternate fuels for Diesel engines: Alcohols as diesel fuels. volatility of liquid fuels. octane number and octane number requirement.Alternate fuels guide book. Dhanpatrai publications 2. Module-II Diesel engine fuels: Requirements for diesel fuel. vegetable oils as diesel fuels. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. diesel blends. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley . T. dual fuel and multi fuel application. 5. advantages of gaseous fuels.
Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Scan Line algorithm for curved surfaces. Computer Graphics. Rogers & J. Polygon filling Module – II Transformation: Simple problems on 3D transformations and applications..ELECTIVE III 08. 2nd Edition. Computer Graphics and 3D Modelling for engineers.Spline curves . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Solid modeling techniques etc. Pauline Baker : Computer Graphics. Clipping.Surface of revolution – Sweep surfaces. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Windowing. References : 1. Graphic primitives. David F. Second Edition. Vera B Anand. Polygons. NURBS etc. Module – III Mathematical formulations on: Plane curves – Non parametric curves – space curves – Representation of space curves – cubic spline – Bezier curves .706. quadric surfaces. 4. Second Edition. Mathematical formulation on Surface description and generation. McGraw Hill International Editions. Donald Hearn & M. SutherlandHodgman Algorithm. Viewing transformations.Graphic standards. Clipping of polygons.H Adams : Mathematical Elements of Computer Graphics . 2. McGraw Hill International Editions. Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd 3. Description of graphic devices . Colour graphic display techniques. Steven Harrington. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Projections . Z-Buffer algorithm .1 COMPUTER GRAPHICS L-T-D: 3-1-0 ` Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction to computer Graphics.Circle generation algorithms – text generation. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 114 .Perspective geometry – Orthographic and Oblique projections – perspective transformations. Hidden line and hidden surfaces . Fractals. Cohen-Sutherland outcode algorithm. B.
Expected value . heat of formation . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 115 . Myron Tribus. REFERENCES 1. variance . 2. Thermodynamics. Thermostatics and Thermodynamics. Kennath Wark. Lay.P. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.2 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS Credits : 4 MODULE I Review of the fundamentals of classical thermodynamics – Multi phase and multi component systems – Free energy functions – Applications of free energy functions to phase changes – Clausius – Clayperon equations – Binary systems containing liquid and solid phases. Thermophysics. 5.Holman. Evaluation of distribution – Constants – Principle of equipartition of energy – Degree of freedom – Viscosity . Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures – Bond energy .Thermodynamics 6. Specific heat and thermal conductivity . elements of quantum statistics and quantum mechanics – The Schrodingar waves equation – Heisenburg uncertainty principle – Phase space – Quantum energy states .08. MODULE III Bose – Einstein Fermi – Direct and Maxwell – Boltzmann statistics – Partition function and its relation to microscopic properties of an ideal gas – Translational . heat of reaction – Adiabatic flame temperature entropy changes for reacting mixtures – Chemical equilibrium – Equilibrium criteria – Evaluation of equilibrium constants and equilibrium composition – Simple numerical solutions . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Boltzmann law and velocity distribution – Maxwell’s distribution functions . 4. Warren Giodt . 3. MODULE II Statistical thermodynamics – Fundamentals of statistical inference – Probability and frequency stirling’s approximation . Thermodynamics. Thermodynamics. rotational and vibrational partition functions – Thermodynamic probability and entropy thermodynamic properties of perfect diatomic gases. Mean free path of molecules – Distribution of mean free path – Maxwell . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Van Wylon. J. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).706.
Critical heat flow in forced convective flow –Elementary concepts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Graw Hill 3. cylinder with heat sources.Convective Boiling and Condensation. W.Grey A.706.International series on material science and technology .Hepking Vol . nucleation of drops at solid surfaces. Determination of mean beam length – Particles in combustion products – Large particles. Mc Graw Hill Book Co.08. Principles of Convection – Viscous flow . droplet growth – Film condensation on a vertical flat plate . forced convection boiling curve saturated forced convective boiling in a round tube.Miller. 2. Flat plate heat transfer – Conduction by integral methods (Simultaneous development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer only) MODULE II Emission and absorption of radiation by an absorbing medium. Lumped heat capacity system.3 INDUSTRIAL HEAT TRANSFER Credits : 4 MODULE I One-dimensional steady state heat conduction with uniform internal heat generation.Drop wise condensation. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. small particles. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Energy Equations – Significance of Prandtl Number .Holman. Furnaces – Furnace geometry – Variation of temperature with time – Variation of temperature within the furnace – Representation of real gases – Heat transfer between real surfaces MODULE III Boiling heat transfer. Mc. different hydrodynamic boundary layer flow regimes and flat plates – Laminar boundary layer on a flat plate – Momentum equation of the laminar boundary layer with constant properties – Internal Momentum analysis of laminar boundary layer . The basic processes of condensation – Liquid formation. General editor : D.Nusselt equation for a laminar film – Improvements to the original Nusselt theory – The influence of turbulence – Condensation of horizontal tubes – Condensation within a vertical tube . Simple analytical methods. Heat transfer. The two phase forced convection and nucleate boiling regions. Use of Heisler charts. Elementary concepts of : Heat transfer in magneto fluid dynamic ( Transpiration cooling . Plane wall with heat sources.P. John G Gollier . low density heat transfer and ablation . Transient and periodic conduction (Onedimensional).N.13 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.) (Description only). gases in combustion products – Effect of an absorbing medium on the radiative heat transfer within an enclosures – Exchange areas for absorbing media. . REFERENCES 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 116 . J. Engineering Calculations in relative heat transfer.
Safety engineering. safety design concepts. Co. gas and liquids on wear – Effect of temperature – Fatigue. Recent Developments in maintenance methods-RCM. Replacement – Analysis of different models . D B Tarapur. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Mill Pub. Industrial Engineering Hand Book . Deterioration – MAPI method –simple problems . Co. – Deterioration and failure analysis – planning .Mc Graw Hill Pub. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 117 .G. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.706. fire protection-industrial noise-Legislations on safety in industry .CBM –DMS – TPM etc. Reliability Hand Book . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. fluid and semi fluid – Synthetic – General properties and applications – Tests and classifications – Additives-Testing of lubricants. scheduled.Causes of deterioration and obsolescence – Sudden and gradual obsolescence. preventive.4 PLANT ENGINEERING &MAINTENANCE Credits : 4 Module I Wear –fundamentals and analysis – Classification – Theories of wear – Analytical treatment of wear . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). accident prevention programme . Module II Reliability – Analysis and Concepts – Chance failure and wearout failure – Application of stochastic model for reliability studies – Reliability of series .W.selection of lubricants-lubricating mechanisms. REFERENCES 1. 3. parallel and stand –by systems – Estimation of parameters for failure distributions – Maintainability -availability. Wear prevention methods. Miller and Blood. Plant Engineer’s Hand Book . Module III Maintenance – types (corrective. Lubricants – Solid . scheduling and controlling of maintenance work – organisation for maintenance. 2.Effect of moisture .08. 4. Mc Graw Hill.Irason. predictive and proactive maintenance). Modern maintenance Management.Maynard .
shape of plastic zone .influence of stress state on fracture behaviour Module II Energy balance approach: Griffith energy balance approach . II & III mixed mode problems Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM): Elastic stress field approach .fracture toughness of weldments . Fracture Mechanics.08.crack opening displacement (COD) approach .fracture toughness .mode I elastic stress field equations .influence of material behaviour . single edge notched plate. Edward Arnold Edition 2.method of predicting failure of a structural component .relation between J and COD tearing modulus concept . Introduction to Fracture Mechanics.finite specimen width .L.relations for practical use determination of SIF from compliance ..crack closure .5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FRACTURE MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Significance of fracture mechanics .SIF solutions for well known problems such as centre cracked plate. Elements of Fracture Mechanics.state of stress in the crack tip region .service failure analysis .COD design curve .stress intensity approach .Dugdale approach .fatigue crack growth from notches .expressions for stresses and strains in the crack tip region . Sijthoff & Noordhoff International Publishers 3. Wheeler Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.sub critical crack growth .Griffith energy balance approach . Kåre Hellan. McGraw Hill Book Company 4.cracks approaching holes .slow stable crack growth and R-curve concept description of crack resistance LEFM testing: Plane strain and plane stress fracture toughness testing . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Ewalds H.standard JIc test and COD test Module III Fatigue crack growth: Description of fatigue crack growth using stress intensity factor effects of stress ratio and crack tip plasticity . and embedded elliptical cracks Crack tip plasticity: Irwin plastic zone size .modes I.the short crack problem Sustained load fracture: Time-to-failure (TTF) tests .crack growth rate testing .applications in pressure vessels . & Wanhill R. Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 118 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.corner cracks at holes .superposition of stress intensity factors (SIF) .pipelines and stiffened sheet structures References: 1.determination of Rcurves .practical significance of sustained load fracture testing Practical problems: Through cracks emanating from holes .Irwin’s modification to the Griffith theory . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Broek D.crack tip plasticity .J-integral ..prediction of fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude and variable amplitude loading . Prashant Kumar.H.706.J.experimental problems .effects of yield strength and specimen thickness on fracture toughness .practical use of fracture toughness and R-curve data Elastic plastic fracture mechanics (EPFM): Development of EPFM .
selecting the communication channels .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to marketing .S.steps in developing effective communication . McGraw Hill International Edition 5. Marketing Management: Planning.identification of target audience . Planning.demography. New trends in marketing. and findings .marketing mix marketing mix variables. Fundamentals of Marketing. Ramaswamy V.perceived risks . Implementation and Control.J. social and Marketing planning . Text.advertising and sales promotion .concept of market and marketing . Module II Market segmentation and market targeting .targeting and product positioning. developing research plan. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).need and scope . & Namkumari S.factors directed by marketing uncontrollable factors . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.marketing planning process . Majumdar R. Prentice Hall of India University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08. New Age International (P) Limited Publishers 6.. Applications and Case Studies. Macmillan India Limited 3. & Walker B.consumer behaviour . T N Chabra and S K Grover : Marketing management.Brand management . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 119 . Stanton W. testing and launching of new products. analysis.marketing mix variables .introduction to segmentation .promotion mix evaluation .factors in advertising . Dhanapat Rai and Co. Etzel M. Marketing Research.. (Pvt) Ltd. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.significance of branding to consumers and firms References: 1.J.marketing environment controllable factors .marketing research process .factors influencing consumer behaviour . Developing.sales promotion tools. competition.designing the message . Implementation and Control. collecting information..determination of communication objectives .research objectives..706.J. Marketing Management: Analysis.. Kotler P. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2.factors directed by top management . 4. Marketing Research. economic conditions.product life cycle marketing strategies for different stages of product life cycle Module III Marketing communication .Boston consultancy group model . Marketing research . Robert.
. Entrepreneurship...venture capital and other equity assistance available .assessment of risk in the industry. A Manual on Business Opportunity Identification. Essentials of Management.A.08. Developing Entrepreneurship A Hand Book. Entrepreneurship A Contemporary Approach.time management .market survey and market assessment . Timmons J.planning.B.forms of organizations for small scale units . The Dryden Press 5.achievement motivation . A Complete Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship.financing of project and working capital . Seven Business Crisis.. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich.environment . McGraw Hill 3.V.understanding of entrepreneurship process . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40)..entrepreneurial competencies .managerial functions for enterprise Module II Process of business opportunity identification and evaluation .G. Tata McGraw Hill 6. Prayag Metha & Nadakarni M. Dr Patel V. Deshpande M.W.7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Entrepreneurial perspectives .creativity and innovation structure of the enterprise .stages of small business growth Module III Entrepreneurship in international environment .P.entrepreneurial decision process . Process and strategies for starting a venture . Rao C.project report preparation .706.study of feasibility and viability of a project .. Patel J. Vikas Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Hirich R. Rao T.break even analysis and economic ratios technology transfer and business incubation References: 1.S.. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Selections. EDII 8.industrial policy .D.characteristics of entrepreneur . Technology acquisition for small units . McGraw Hill International 2.formalities to be completed for setting up a small scale unit .entrepreneurship and economic development .V.. & Peters Irwin M. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Noid S. implementation and growth. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 120 . Finance for Small Scale Industries 9. McGraw Hill International 7. Pandey G.R. Donald Kurado & Richard M Hodgelts.S.. New Venture Creation-Entrepreneurship for 21st Century.. Learning Systems 4.
Industrial Hydraulics.08. MODULE II Pressure accumulators – Functions – Fluid reservoirs – Filter in hydraulic circuits. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. grinder.706. REFERENCES 1. MODULE III Industrial hydraulic circuits . Loading and replacement of filter elements – Materials for filters. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Fluid temperature control – Fluid pressure control –control valves – Sequence valve – Counterbalance valve-unloading valve – Friction control valve – Servo systems.8 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Credits : 4 Introduction to fluid power – Hydraulics and Pneumatics systems – Fluid power systems – Fundamentals of fluid mechanics – Measurement of physical parameters – Hydraulic symbols . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Circuit design for – shaper. material-handling equipments processes -Miscellaneous circuits. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 121 . Fluid power pumps and motors – Types of pumps – Characteristics – Hydraulic cylinders and rams – Fluid power pumping systems and components. John pippon and Tylor Hicks.
Reddy. R. Banded and skyline solutions.Rao. Galerkin method. Mass matrices. Shape functions . Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming. Principle of minimum potential energy. Chandrapatla & Ashok D. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). load vector. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 122 . 3. O.S. Module-III Finite element formulation of 2D problems using constant strain triangle element and isoparametric quadrilateral element.global equations. Dynamic problemsHamilton’s principle.types of elements. 6. Features of 3D problems in stress analysis. Largrangean and Serendipity elements. Mesh generation and numbering. applications.discretisation of domain into elements . C. Theory of elasticity . properties of stiffness matrices. McGraw Hill. Rayleigh-Ritz method.assembly of element equations transformation matrices . Solution of Algebraic equations.S. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Potential energy and equilibrium. D. beams and beams on elastic supports.one dimensional heat conduction through composite walls and fins. lumped and consistent formulations. Finite element Methods.L.penalty and elimination approach. Butterworth-Heinemann.generalised coordinates approach .stress and equilibrium. plane stress. Tata McGraw Hill. The Finite Element Method in Engineering. Wiley. Local and Natural coordinates in 1. References:1. 2 and 3 dimensions .N. Iso parametric formulation. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Finite element modeling . 2. strain-displacement relationship.types and properties.08. J. stress-strain relationship. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Discretization.derivation of elements equations .Area coordinates. imposition of Boundary conditions .706. Scalar field problems . Pearson. Butterworth-heinemann 5. R. plane strain and axi-symmetric approximation. Tirupathy. Cook. Discrete and Continuous systems.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction. advantages. Krishnamoorthy. multi-point constraints. Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. Belagundu. Numerical Integration using Gauss quadrature. 4. finite element softwares. Finite element formulation of plane trusses. Introduction to the Finite Element Method.C Zienkieviz & R. Global. Temperature effects. Module-II One dimensional elasticity problems . potential flow. S. historical background.Taylor.
Springer Verlag University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.simple slip line field analysis in extrusion . & Han D.representation of the criteria in stress space .strip load on semi-infinite body lower and upper bound theorems with proofs and applications References: 1.subsequent yield surfaces .yield criterion of metals .tubes. & Mellor P.stress space . McGraw Hill 2.Levy-Mises stress strain relations .analysis of the processes of drawing and extrusion of wire and strip through friction less dies and dies with friction .process classification .Henkeys theorem .temperature effects .Von-Mises yield criterion . 3.analysis . Oscar Hoffman & George Sachs.sheet metal forming.cold rolling .temperature and strain rate effects in plastic flow Module II Processes .plastic potential theory .simple models of material behavior .slip lines .residual stresses in rods . Dieter G.J. blanking.drawing and extrusion .closed die forging .706.. Introduction to Theory of Plasticity for Engineers.. shearing. Plasticity for Structural Engineers. Chen W.wires . Plasticity for Mechanical Engineers.stability postulates .hodographs .F.experimental investigations of the yield criteria .plastic flow .10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METAL FORMING Credits : 4 Module I Basic laws and theories of plasticity .compression of block between parallel plates .basic considerations of plasticity theory ..plastic work . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. D Van Nostrand Co Ltd.production of seamless pipe and tubes .B.rolling of bars and shapes analysis of rolling process in conditions of plane strain.hot rolling .equilibrium equations referred to slip lines .open die forging . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).E. Mechanical Metallurgy.Prandtl-Reuss stress strain relations . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 123 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.experimental verification .forging allowances and tolerances .incompressible two-dimensional flow .yield surface .analysis of forging process in conditions of plane stain . bending and stretch forming Module III Slip line field theory .isotropic and kinematic hardening . deep drawing Classification of rolling processes . McGraw Hill.maximum work hypothesis . Classification of forging process . 4.08.Tresca criterion .lubrication . Johnson W.
2. column . Design principles of metal cutting machine tools – Koenisberger 3.Design of a stepped gear box. slides .Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. REFERENCES 1. Design of Machine tools. MODULE II Hydraulic power .4 – N. Transmission systems used in machine tools and their various elements – A few common hydraulic circuits used the effect movement of tools slide and work tables.2.C.Graw. Mechanical. Machine tools design Volume 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. frame .Design for improved static and dynamic performance – Fundamental aspects of numerical control – Adaptive control and hydraulic control of machine tools .706. effects and elimination of vibration – Machine tools drives and their kinematics – Electrical. Miscellaneous – Copying devices – Automates of various kinds feasibility determination for automation – Automatics and assembly line layout – unit heads and transfer machines Vibration isolated tool holders – Friction and lubrication in machine tools . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 124 . S. Acherkan 7.Sen and Bhattacharya 4.K. Machine tools design course – Central Machine tool Institute 6. bearings. Trends in the design of modern machine tools – Aims and future development .08.3. Hydraulic and combination systems . Principles of Machine tools – G. The Design and Construction of Machine tools – M. Design aspects – Kinematic principles in machine tools with respect to the basic elements and their design – tool . MODULE III Erection and testing of machine tools – Location and layout – Foundations vibration – Isolation – Erection process – Principles of acceptance tests – Measuring equipments and methods – Direction of tolerances – Maintenance of machine tools – Test charts for different machines . rigidity of machine tools structures – Sources. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Allied pub. spindles . Tool Engineer Hand Book – Mc. clutches.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Principal requirements and specifications – Requirements regarding quality of performance (Accuracy and surface finish) – Productivity(Rate of motel renewal) –Economy and efficiency of machine tools .Town 5.Basu.G. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). guide ways. shafts .
A Text Books: of Production Engineering.706. pumping processes.Energies employed in the processes. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. EC. Principle-gun construction . Applications Abrasive Jet Machining Processes-Principle-Equipment-Metal removal rate process parameters.08. Applications Module III Ultrasonic Machining Process-working principles-types of transducers-concentrators-nodal point clamping-feed mechanism-metal removal rate-Process parameters.12 NON CONVENTIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I The need of the process-classification . LBM.Metal removal rate .Types of gun . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Applications References: 1. PAM. 1997. Applications Module II Electro Chemical Machining Process-principles-Equipment-Analysis of metal removal-tool material-Insulation-Process parameters-ECH. Applications Electron Beam Machining Process. P. principles. AJM.Vacuum and non-vacuum technique Applications Laser Beam Machining Process.Recent Developments in EDM.ECG etc. 2.Mishra. emission types-beam control.Sharma. Applications Water Jet Machining Process-Principle-Equipment. 1995.Process parameters .K.C. USM. P.EDM. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each." Non Conventional Machining ". Electrical Discharge Machining Process. operating principles-Breakdown mechanismDielectric fluid-Electrode material-Tool wear – Power generator circuits. WJM etc.wire out EDM . The Institution of Engineers (India) Text Books: Series. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 125 .
4. Earl Logan. slip factor. New Delhi. Bruneck. 1965. 7. A. work done factor. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 126 . 3. 1969. stage and design parameters. characteristics curves and selection. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. S. Yahya.. Tata Mc Graw Hill 2..I.H.G. S. " Gas Turbines ". testing and performance characteristics.706. losses and performance curves. 8. diffuser analysis. losses. Dixon. classification of fluid machinery. specific speed. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). " Principles of Turbomachinery ".08. impeller flow losses. " Blowers and Pumps ". Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. enthalpy-entropy diagrams.. 1990. losses and coefficients blade design principles. flow analysis in impeller blades. " Hand book of Turbomachinery ".J. Compressor and Fans ". Pergamom. Press. Ganesan . Marcel Dekker Inc. Pergamom Press. fan drives and fan noise. Shepherd. Module III Axial flow compressors : Stage velocity triangles. applications. Tata Mcgraw Hill Pub. Macmillan.. Stepanff.. volute and diffusers. 1992. stage velocity triangles. 5. " Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery ". Axial and radial flow turbines : Stage velocity diagrams. John Wiley and Sons Inc. Co.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TURBO MACHINES Credits : 4 Module I Energy transfer between fluid and rotor.V. Centrifugal Compressors: Construction details. Publishing Company... " Turbines. References: 1. Jr. 1973. types. reaction stages.. simple stage design problems and performance characteristics. 1996. 6. dimensionless parameters. D. work and efficiency for compressors and turbines. stage losses and efficiency.. Fans. 1999. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module II Centrifugal fans and blowers : Types.
Air pollution measurement – units for pollution measurement – air pollution standards – Air sampling train. Yaw angel – yaw angle characteristics of various static pressure probes. Humidity measurements. Hot wire and hot film anemometers. Convection heat transfer measurements – forced convection heat transfer coefficients in smooth tubes. Thermal conductivity measurement – guarded hot plate apparatus – measurement of thermal conductivity of metals.08. Temperature measurement by electrical effects – electrical resistance thermometer. Flow obstruction methods – Venturi – flow nozzle – orifice. Pressure probes – pitot tube – pitot static tube – Kiel probe. MODULE III Elastic elements for force measurements – simple cantilever and thin ring elastic elements – Proving ring.different types – characteristics of strain gauge materials. flow nozzles and orifices. Methods for flow measurement – Positive displacement methods – rotary vane flow meter – Lobed impeller flow meter. Heat flux meters. Thermal mass flow meter. LVDT diaphragm differential pressure gauge. Flow measurement by drag effects – rotameter – turbine meter – vortex shedding flow meter. Gas diffusion – measurement of diffusion coefficients in gases. Recommended proportions for venturi tubes. Methods of correction for lead resistance – Siemens three lead arrangement – callender four lead arrangement and floating-potential arrangement. Temperatures compensation for electrical resistance strain gauges strain gauge rosettes – bonded and unbounded resistance strain gauges. Measurement of viscosity – rotating concentric cylinder apparatus – Saybolt viscometer. Sound measurements – microphones – characteristics of microphones. Fluid factors. Temperature measurement by radiation – optical pyrometer. Low-pressure measurement – Mc Leod-gauge pirani thermal conductivity gauge – Knudsen gauge – lonization gauge. Practical considerations for obstruction flow meters. application factors and installation factors of different types of flow meters. Principles of seismic instrument – practical considerations for seismic instruments – electrical resistance strain gauge seismic instrument – piezoelectric transducer type seismic instrument. Temperature measurement due to thermo-electric effects – thermocouples – different types and its range – law of temperature – emf vs temp relationships for different thermocouples – sensitivity of thermocouples – thermopile and its practical application – installation of thermocouple on a metal plate – Thin foil thermocouples for rapid transient response. Thermostats. Thermal conductivity of liquids and gases – guarded hot plate apparatus – concentric cylinder method – apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity of gases at high temperatures. Capacitance pressure gauge. Magnetic flow meter. Torque measurements – hollow cylinder for torque measurement – Prony brake – hydraulic dynamometer – Cradled dynamometer. Psychoacoustics factors – sound level meter – acoustic properties of materials – sound absorption coefficient – noise reduction coefficient. 127 . MODULE II Temperature measurement by mechanical effects – mercury in glass thermometer – bimetallic strip type – fluid expansion thermometers. High-pressure measurement – very high-pressure transducer.14 L-T-D: 3-1-0 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE I Pressure measurement devices – U tube manometer – Well type manometer – Different types of manometers. Cantilever beam used as a frequency measurement device. Strain measurements – electrical resistance strain gauges. Diaphragm type strain gauge pressure pickup. Elastic pressure transducers – Bourdon tubes – Diaphragms – Bellows.706. Dead weight tester for static calibration of pressure gauges.
Holman. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Measurement System – application and Design.P. Eckman. Donald P.REFERENCES: 1. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 2. Ernest O. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). J. Experimental Methods for Engineers. Doebelin. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 128 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3. Industrial Instrumentation.
W.Harris. McGraw Hill. Tee.A University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Hand Book on Noise control. Noise and vibration Control. 7.08. Band pass filters . C. 3. Theory of Vibrations. Hinkle and Morse.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction – Harmonic motion – Beat frequency – Equations of motion – Concepts of forces and equilibrium – Systems with one degree of freedom – Free and forced vibrations with undamped and damped systems (Review) Two degrees of freedom systems : Equations of motions for free and forced vibration without and with damping – Use of influence coefficients – The work and energy approach – Solutions to free . ramp and arbitrary excitation – Response spectrum – Analog computer set up for solving vibration problems -. 2.Measurement in reverberation and Vachaic chamber –Hearing mechanism of hearing and perception of sound (Description only) Types of noise : Criteria for evaluation of noise problems – Threshold of hearing – Hearing loss with age – Equal loudness contours loudness and loudness level – Perceived noise level – N.U. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Environmental Acoustics. Vibration problem in Engg. MODULE II Vibration – Fourier series representation – Unit impulse step . Anderson Roger A. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 129 . 9. Doello . forced and damped vibrations and torsional systems – Dynamic absorbers periodic and Non periodic . MODULE III Introduction to sound and vibratic wave motion – One dimensional plane waves – Characteristics impedance – Decibel seats power . Solutions to Differential Equations . 8. Fundamentals of Vibration. graphic level recorder .706. Kinslor and Frey.Vibration measuring instruments . Mechanical Vibrations.L. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Thomsom.T.S. Narrow Band Analysers . density and intensity – Sound transmission through one and two intervening media .L.Deslie L. Jump phenomenon – Effect of damping – Self excited Oscillations. Timosheako. Beronek . curves – Noise and Number index – Noise pollution level – Noise induced hearing loss – Damage risk criteria – Criteria for noise and vibration in community buildings – General principles of noise control – Use of enclosures – Wrappings – Porous materials – Design of Auditorium – Acoustical requirements – Elimination of room acoustical defects – Articulation index – Sound reinforce systems – Design of time delays (Brief description only) REFERENCES 1. Fundamentals of Acoustics. Tata McGraw Hill. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 4. 6. Hand Book of Noise Measurement – General Radio Company . Measurement of Sound – Loud speakers and microphones – Their characteristics . 5. Laplace Transforms.C.
08.706.16 FAILURE ANALYSIS
Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Objectives of failure investigation, Collection of background data- service history, photographic records, Selection of samples for various conditions, Preliminary examination of the failed part – visual inspection and non destructive techniques for failure investigation- Magnetic particle inspection, Liquid penetrant inspection, Eddy current inspection, ultrasonic inspection, radiography, acoustic emission inspection, experimental stress analysis, Mechanical testing, limitations of tensile testing, Selection preservation and cleaning of fracture surfaces- cleaning, sectioning, opening secondary cracks Module II Macroscopic examination of fracture surfaces, Microscopic examination of fracture surfaces – optical microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, Selection and preparation of metallographic sections, Examination and analysis of metallographic sections, Determination of fracture type- Failure mechanisms and Fractography of ductile fracture, brittle fracture, transgranular brittle fracture, Intergranular brittle fracture, Fatigue fracture- Mechanisms and general features of fatigue fracture, Stress corrosion cracking, Liquid metal embrittlement, Hydrogen embrittlement, Creep and stress rupture failures, ductile to brittle fracture transition Module III Chemical analysis- Analysis of bulk materials, analysis of surfaces and deposits, spot tests, Applications of fracture mechanics: Fracture mechanics concepts- Linear elastic fracture mechanics, Elastic-Plastic fracture mechanics (basic concepts), plane stress and plane strain, Fatigue crack growth rate their use in failure analysis, fracture toughness testingPlane strain fracture toughness test, COD test, Simulated service testing, Analyzing the evidences formulating conclusions and report writing, Case studies of failures: failures of shafts, failures of heat exchangers References: 1. ASM Handbook Volume 11: Failure analysis and Prevention 2. Fracture Mechanics by Prashant Kumar Wheeler Publishing 3. Mechanical Metallurgy by Dieter, McGraw Hill 4. Electron microscopy and analysis: P.J. Goodhew, J. Humphreys and R. Beanland , Pub: :Taylor and francis, 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0
THEORY OF MACHINING (MU)
Credits : 4 MODULE I General classification of Cutting Tool-single point multi point cutting tools and form toolsCutting tool nomenclature, systems-types of single point cutting tools-Left hand , right hand ,straight shank, bent shank-offset and stepped. Geometry-Cutting tool signature-Effect of cutting tool geometry in metal cutting .Mechanism of metal removal-Mechanism of chip formations-classes of chips Friction in metal cutting –Methods of reducing friction –Chip control and chip breaker-Primary deformations on shear zone-secondary deformations on rake face. MODULE II Mechanism of metal cutting –Forces of deformations at the cutting edge. Shear angle lee and Shaffer’s solution. Stress distribution on rake face –Velocity relationships-Chip thickness Ratio- Merchant’s circle diagram-Relationship between forces, cutting speed, feed and depth of cut. Problems. Dynamometers – principle of cutting force, Measurements. Need and requirement of dynamometers –Turning, milling, drilling and grinding dynamometersDeformation studies using quick-stop devices. Heat in metal cutting-zones of heat generation – variables affecting the tool temperature- Temperature in metal cutting – Tool work thermocouple- Embedded thermocouple – Calorimetric method. Surface finishParameters on surface finish. MODULE III Cutting tool materials, major tool material types-HSS, coated HSS, satellite, Cemented Carbides, Titanium Carbides Coated carbides, Ceramics, SIALON, Diamonds, CBN , Ucon, their characteristics and applications. Tool wear and life –Types of wear-mechanism of tool wear. Tool wear criteria –Tool life –Taylor’s tool life equation. Modified tool life equation and estimation of tool life –Machinability. Parameters affecting tool life.- Problems – Economics of cutting. Machinability criteria-optimum cutting speed – cutting fluids- Selection of cutting fluids-Action of cutting fluids – Application of cutting fluids. References:1. Sen and Bhattacharya, Principle of metal cutting. 2. Shaw M.C, Metal cutting principles. 3. Boothroyd, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools. 4. Black P.H, Theory of metal cutting. 5. Production Technology, HMT 6. Venkitesh.V.G, Experimental methods in metal cutting. 7. Tool Manufacturing Engineers Hand Book, ASTME University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
Credits : 4
Module I Metallic biomaterials: Introduction, Stainless Steels, Cobalt Chromium Alloys, Titanium Alloys, Dental Materials, Corrosion of Medical Implants, Manufacturing of Implants. Polymeric biomaterials: Polymers used as Biomaterials, Sterilisation, Surface Modification for improving bio compatibility, biodegradable polymeric materials, Tissue derived Biomaterials, Soft Tissue Replacement, Hard Tissue Replacement, Preservation Techniques. Module II Ceramic and composite biomaterials: Introduction, Bio inert Bio Ceramics, Biodegradable ceramics, Bioactive ceramics, deterioration of ceramics, manufacturing techniques, Biocompatibility and Application of Composite Biomaterials. Biomaterial application of smart materials: Introduction, Properties, Biocompatibility, Shape Memory effect, Super Elasticity, Hysteresis, Anti – Kinking, Application with examples – Orthopedic, Dental, Surgical Instruments, Stent, Artificial Urethral Valves. Module III Biomaterial characterization and selection: Biomaterials surface analysis, Auger Electron Spectroscopy, Scanning ion mass Spectroscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy, Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis. Function, Biocompatibility, Material Selection for Orthopedic, Blood Contacting and Space Filling applications. REFERENCES 1. Joseph D. Bronzino, “The Bio Medical Engineering Handbook”, Vol.I, CRC Press, 2000. 2. Mel Schwartz, “ Encyclopedia of Smart Materials”, Vol. I, John Wiley and Sons, USA, 2002. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)
Solid modeling Product data management . Life Cycle semi realization .Software hardware co-design. Prasad. 3.nl/race/ce/ce95.Organizing for CE .Automated analysis idealization control .decomposition in concurrent design .Expert systems .modular . JIT system low inventory . Research Centre.CE tool box collaborative product development. Andrew Kusaik.CE design methodologies .tue.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CONCURRENT ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Extensive definition of Concurrent Engineering (CE) .An intelligent design for manufacturing system. JOhn and Sons Inc. 1998. Artificial Intelligence. J. 1987.tm. Manufacturing competitiveness . 2. Berlin. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).design for economics evaluation of design for manufacturing cost – concurrent mechanical design . "Integrated Product Development".modality of Concurrent Engineering Design .Checking the design process . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Prentice Hall. Web Reference: www. 1992. "Successful Implementation of Concurrent Product and Process". WV.Concurrent engineering in optimal structural design . 4.706. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Modeling and reasoning for computer based assembly planning – Module III Design of Automated manufacturing. Sammy G Sinha.. REFERENCES 1. Springer Verlog. "Concurrent Engineering: Automation Tools and Technology". IT support .negotiation in concurrent engineering design studies . Module II Life-cycle design of products . "Design for Concurrent Engineering".product realization taxonomy . Cleetus. Concurrent Engg.plan for Project Management on new product development – bottleneck technology development. 6. Morgantown. Wiley. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 133 . John and Sons Inc. Anderson MM and Hein.opportunity for manufacturing enterprises .. Wiley.Collaborative product commerce.html University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1992.08.conceptual design mechanism – Qualitative physical approach . "Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals: Integrated Product Development". 5. L. 1996.Real time constraints.
actuation methods. pressure control valves. Gear. feed tracks. DOF. Pearson Education.08. Types of Automation. Flow control valves simple and pressure compensated type. acceleration. “Oil Hydraulic System”. “Assembly Automation and Product Design”. Basic components. Transfer devices – continuous. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. logic devices – twin pressure valve. Module II Pneumatics: Introduction. Bolton W. programming – Teach pendant and Computer programming. pressure reducing valves. Unloading valve. synchronous and asynchronous. “Mechatronics”. friction. programming. Escapement devices. end effectors – Types and uses. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3. Pneumatic circuit design and analysis. storage and distribution. effect of frequency. Anthony Esposito. Counterbalance valve. Fluid power generators. track angle. classification based on Geometry. Hydraulic fluids. Sequence valve. work volume of robots world and joint coordinates various joints. Necsulelscu Dan. 2nd Edition. 5. New Delhi (2002). linear and Rotary actuators. basic concepts. Vibratory feeders – Mechanics. 4. Pearson Education. time delay valve. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. i. treatment of compressed air. Sensors in Robots. pressure relief valve. Module III Automatic Assembly System: Development of Automatic Assembly process. Majumdar S R. load sensitivity. Feasibility etc. Marcel Dekker Inc (1991). shutter valve. Mechanical feeders – computation and operational details. New Delhi (1999). orientation of parts – active and passive devices. Contaminates in hydraulic system. “Fluid Power with Application”. pressure control valves. “Mechatronics”. 5th Edition. Direction control valves – types. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 134 . Source. types. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). conventional as well as computer aided design. Direction Control Valves.706. Industrial Hydraulics: Introduction. Applications of Robots. control and cleanliness standards. Product design for high-speed automatic assembly. Intermittent. Pearson Education (2003). Vane. Classification and properties of hydraulic fluids. Geoffrey Boothroyd. examples of design modifications.e. Introduction to forward and inverse kinematics. Tata McGraw Hill (2001). actuation methods. Piston pumps. drives. Robotics: Basic concepts. linear and Rotary Actuators. Reference 1.20 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Basic concept of Automation.
precautions and safety for use. Combustion characteristics of alcohols in S. performance of methanol and gasoline blends.Automotive Fuels reference book. 750118. 3. alcohol.706. and engine performance with vegetable oil. modifications necessary. T.Alternative energy sources 11. concentrating type collectors. T. Engines. 1991 2.I. limitations. performance characteristics in engines. flat plate collectors. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. SAE papers: 73802.1 engines. applicability of electric cars.Alcohol Diesel emulsions. fuel metering system. hydrogen. alternative energy. New Delhi. 3-1-0 135 . use in fuel cells.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. dual fuel systems.1 engines. different methods of use. Mathur and Sharma. biomass. MODULE-II Gaseous fuels: Biogas production. applications to engines. 741008 8. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. rapeseed oil.Powering the future. MODULE-III Solar power: Collection and storage of solar energy. K. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Build your own Electric Vehicle. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Dhanpat Rai and Sons. thermo chemical production and biochemical production. SAE INC. Energy research group. diesel and vegetable oil blends.types and layouts. SAE 4. types & capacities. properties of methanol and ethanol as engine fuels. esterification of vegetable oil. References: 1.D. driving requirements. and electric energy Alcohol: Methanol and Ethanol production methods. description of biogas plant. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.. SAE 6.21 ALTERNATE ENERGY SOURCES Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction: Need for non-conventional energy sources. David Powell and Richard P. rice bran oil etc. batteries for electric vehicles.N Vezgirigiu. 750121.use in S.IC. and C. principle and working photovoltaic conversion. natural gas and producer gas . Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley . Vegetable oil: Vegetable oil properties.Alternate fuels guide book. use of alcohols in Cl engines. energy conservation in transportation sector. application to automobiles Electric vehicles: Design considerations. Richard L.. performance of LPG. 1990 10. SAE 5. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. thermal decomposition of water. Bob Brant. electrolysis of water. application of biogas as a single fuel and dual fuel. production of hydrogen. storage and transportation methods. Production of Bio-diesel. Soya bean diesel. property & its use in Sl engines.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd. collection devices. use of alcohols in Sl engines. Warrendale.08. 9. Brennan. Bechtold. sources of hydrogen. comparative use of fuel and energy recharging. Hybrid vehicles . Tom Koppel. Flex fuel Vehicles (FFV) Hydrogen energy: Properties of hydrogen. SAE 7.
2004 5. Flame ionization detectors. K. Pundir. “Automobile Engineering”. NDIR analyzer. Canisters.D. CO.K. EUDC. Measurements of visible emissions – Comparison methods & Obscure methods . Evaluation of Emission Standards – Mandatory Tests for Emission measurement –Type Approval & Production Conformity Tests Control Techniques for SI and CI: Basics of diesel combustion .Smoke meters.. “Automobile Engineering”. 3. Heywood. Giri. Dr. Exhaust emission . air injector PCV system. NOx. Bharat Stages & Euro emission standards. “Automobile Mechanic”.. V.. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Effect of operating variables on emission formation.706. ECE.Effects of operating variables on emission formation. Pollutants-sources-formation-effects on human beings and environment. Amitosh De. transient operational effects on pollution. Volume of constituents for perfect combustion. Tata McGraw Hill Co. Engine Combustion and Pollutant Formation: HC. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. Aldehyde emissions. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: General Scenario on automotive Pollution. McGraw Hill Book Co. Design changes. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Calculation of volume of Exhaust gases. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 136 . 7. optimization of operating factors. Chemiluminescent analyzer. B. thermal reactors. Gas analyzer. Emission standards.. Galgotia Publications Pvt.. catalytic converters Module-III Test Procedure & Instrumentation for Emission Measurement: Test procedures.exhaust gas recirculation. J. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).1995. “Engine Emissions”. Automobiles and Pollution SAE Transaction. 2005 4. Color and Aldehyde emissions from Diesel engines . Ltd.22 AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL L-T. Measurements of invisible emissions -ORSAT apparatus. Scitech Publications Pvt. Control of Crankcase emission. Module-II Emission Standards : Driving Cycles. 2006 6. 2004. construction of road networks. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Smoke emission in diesel engines . Khanna Publishers.K. Ramalingam. Evaporative emission. Green house gases and global warming. Internal Combustion Engines. N.P.NO emission from diesel engines – Particulate emission in diesel engines. Emission Control Efforts: Supply of fuel – establishment of national test centers. Narosa Publishing House.08. References: 1. Ganesan. 2007. Ltd. Particulate Matters.B.
. 1979. 3.Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy .P. TIFAC. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration Definitions .Watton. Research and new product development . IP Patents . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Protection of IPR . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T.quality standards . Creative design . Harry B. Movable Property ii. Prentice Hall Inc. INNOVATION AND NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits 4 Module-I The process of technological innovation . 1997.Patent application References: 1. Intellectual Property). 1992. Brain Twiss.Model Preparation .Patents .Wheeler Publishing ".commitments to WTOPatent Ordinance and the Bill . Allahabad.marketing research . 5.Khandwalla .Patent laws . Harry Nystrom." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) .706.Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits .different techniques. Design of proto type .factors contributing to successful technological innovation .brain storming . Bulletins. Invention and Creativity .cost evaluation .23 CREATIVITY.testing . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Pitman Publishing Ltd.08. 3-1-0 137 . New Delhi. 1992. John Wiley & Sons.Testing . " Managing technological innovation".Present against unfair competition.Intellectual property rights (IPR).N.D.Selection criteria .Indian IPR legislations .International code for patents . 4. 2.Intellectual Property (IP) .Importance .Copyrights and related rights .Patent search .the need for creativity and innovation . P. " New Product Planning ".screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques). Immovable Property and iii.introducing new products.Protection of Geographical Indications at national and International levels .Application Procedures Module-III Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies .. Module-II Collection of ideas and purpose of project .creativity and problem solving . 1992.Basic types of property (i. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. I.R. " Creativity and innovation".
ELECTIVE IV 08.Stress equation of equilibrium – Principal stress – Two dimensional stress systems – Strain and stress relations – Principal strain – Strain compatibility – Plane stress – Plane stress and strain problems – Photoelastic methods : Behaviour of light – Polarised light – Plane polariser – Wave plate – Conditioning of light by a series combination of linear polariser and a wave plate – Arrangement of optical elements in polariscope . The stress optic law in two dimensions at normal incidence – Plane polariscope – Circular polariscope . Moire Fringes Strain Analysis – Pericles Theocaries University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Delta – Stress gauge – Strain gauge circuits – Wheatstone bridge – Null Balance recording instruments – Cathode Ray Oscilloscope.W. MODULE III Non Destructive Tests – Need . Photo elasticity . Applied stress Analysis – Durelli and Philips 4.1 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Basic concepts : The generalized basic systems – Definition – Stress at a point . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Adams 5. MODULE II Electrical strain gauges – Definition of strain and its relation to experimental determination – Strain gauge – Types – Analysis – Strain sensitivity – Gauge construction – Temperature compensation – Rosette analysis – Rectangular Delta . Experimental stress analysis – J.Frocht 2.P.Fringes – Moiré techniques – Photo elastic photography – Photo elastic model materials – Properties – Calibration methods – Analysis of photoelastic data – Isochromatics – Isoclinics – Compensation techniques .M.805. penetrate tests.Application of photo elastic methods . REFERENCES 1.M.H.Dove and B. Hammer tests – Brittle coating techniques – Crack patterns – Types of coatings – Elementary ideasHolographic non Destructive testing .C.Railey 3. Experimental stress analysis and Motion Measurement – R. Types – Visual Examinations .Dally and W. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4 138 .
Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. and ionosphere. and supersonic aircraft engines (Description with fig. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated systems.circling flight – radius of tightest turn-jet and rocket assisted take –off. 3. induced drag.wing tip vortices. 3D or Finite aero foils – effect of releasing the wing tips.replacement of finite wing by horse shoe vertex system. Mechanics of flight. Study of subsonic. Application of dimensional analysis – aerodynamic force – model study and similitude. temperature and density variations in the atmosphere. thermosphere . calculation of true air speed-altimeter-gyro horizon direction indicator-vertical speed indicator –turn and back indicator-air temperature indicator.supersonic wind tunnels. stratosphere . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 139 . A.aircraft ground run.calculation of induced drag from momentum considerations. Aerodynamics for Engineering Student Houghton and brock.pressure distribution in inviscid and real flows.changes in finite wing plan shape.08. (Brief description and qualitative ideas only). Principles of wind tunnel testing –open and closed type wind tunnels-wind tunnel balances. C. 2D aero foils Nomenclature and classification. Module III Flight Instruments-airspeed indicator.high lift devices-range and endurance of airplanes-charts for piston and jet engine aircrafts. Elementary ideas on space travel-calculation of earth orbiting and escape velocities ignoring air resistance and assuming circular orbit. References: 1.aerodynamic balancing of control surfaces.take off and landing performance – length of runway required. Skin friction and from drag. Only).EHJ Pallett University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.the lifting line theory-wing load distribution – aspect ratio.pressure. Module II Propellers – momentum and blade element theories –propeller coefficients and charts. Aircraft performance-straight and level flight –power required and power available graphs for propeller and jet aircraft-gliding and climbing –rate of climb-service and absolute ceilingsgliding angle and speed of flattest glide. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Fundamentals of Aerodynamics Anderson 4.characteristics.controls of an aero plane. Ideas on stability-static and dynamic stabilitylongitudinal.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AEROSPACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module – I The atmosphere-characteristics of troposphere .805.momentum and circulation theory of aerofoil. lateral and directional stability. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.mass balancing (Qualitative ideas only). Transonic. Kermode 2.
John A Sehbin 2. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Stores and warehouses .3 FACILITIES PLANNING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Design of layout of factories. Line balancing methods. – Plant safety. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 140 . Use of DCF techniques. Module III Material handling system and equipment – Material handling in Plants . Different type of Plant services like steam compressed air etc. replacement depends on technical and economical consideration. Ventilation. REFERENCE 1. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines.G Aysan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. on consideration of facilities of working people.James A Apple 3. Module II Environmental aspects like lighting. dust control.805. Receiving and dispatching area – Choice of material handling equipment – Cost control in material handling. Computer applications in layout designs. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.A W Peymberton 4.08. Plant layout and Material Handling . Plant layout and Material Handling. Equipment replacement – Repair. Elements off Industrial safetyCauses and prevention of accidents – Pollution and environmental consideration. Office. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Storage area etc. humidity. FF & Control . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Plant layout and Material Handling .
Decision trees . MODULE II Network theory – Maximal flow problems – Travelling salesman problems . Assignment and trans-shipment problems – Post optimality analysis – Complications and their resolution – Practical applications and examples. Queuing theory – Birth and death processes – Basic queuing process – Single server and multiple server models – Poison input and exponential service – Limited source.Philips and Ravindran Fundamentals of operations research – Ackeff and Sasionic. Scheduling on machines 2 job – 2-machine problem – Johnson’s algorithm – graphical solution.805. Introduction to dynamic Programming. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 141 . Priority disciplines – Practical applications. Wiley.Taha. 4.4 ADVANCED DECISION MODELLING Credits : 4 MODULE I Development of operations research as a branch of knowledge since 2nd world war – Fields of application of operations. Game theory – Practical application of game theory – 2 person zero – Sum games – Solving simple games – Mixed strategy – Graphical solution. Linear programming – Graphical solutions – Simplex method – Transportation problem – Assignment problem solution to transportation. 2. Replacement – replacement in anticipation of failure – Group replacement. 5. Stochastic programming and integer programming Inventory theory – deterministic inventory models. limited queue etc.Churchman . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Introductions to operations research – Hillier and Lieberman . Operations research . Introductions to operations research – Wagner and Pranti . Operations research .08.Ackeff and Arneff. REFERENCE 1. L-T-D: 3-1-0 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Mc graw Hill. 3.network with PERT / CPM. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE III Decision making – Statistical decision theory. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Wiley.Holden day.
time systems .feigenbaum number .measures of fractal dimension .state-space and pseudo state space . Jurgens & Saupe.transcritical and Hopf bifurcations Quasiperiodic solutions: Poincare' maps .attracting sets concepts of stability Equilibrium solutions: fixed points and stability of continuous .. Springer Verlag 7.cantor set .poincare'maps bifurcation . Cambridge University Press 6. John Wiley 4.cyclic fold .805.construction of quasiperiodic solutions Chaotic solutions of maps: dynamics of logistic equation ..fractal dimension . Nonlinear Dynamics And Chaos.bifurcation of maps Module II Periodic solutions . Wiggins S.local and global bifurcation of continuous systems .phase space and flows . Poincare'sections and maps lyapunov exponents References: 1.correlation dimension and Information dimension .& Gollub J. Applied Nonlinear Dynamics.bifurcation diagram of onedimensional maps . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 142 . & Balachandran B. Chaotic Dynamics.R.L..capacity dimension .embedding dimension and time delay . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.T. John Wiley 3. Baker G.period s doubling and intermittency mechanisms Module III Experimental methods in chaotic vibrations: experimental system to measure the Poincare' map of a chaotic physical system Fractals and dynamical systems: Koch curve . Nayfeh A.Rossler equations . Peitgens.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NON LINEAR DYNAMICS AND CHAOS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to dynamical systems: discrete time systems . Scheinerman E. Introduction To Applied Nonlinear Dynamical Systems And Chaos.static and dynamic bifurcations .08. Chaos and Fractals. Moon F. John Wiley 2. Springer Verlag 5. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Invitation to Dynamical Systems.classification and stability of equilibrium solutions .floquet theory .continuous time systems autonomous and non autonomous systems .Henon map Chaotic solutions of continuous systems: Duffing' equation .time dynamical systems autonomous and non autonomous systems .M. & Stewart H B.periodic solutions of continuous . Chaotic and Fractal Dynamics.H.. Thomson J.Fourier spectra.C.limit cycle .period doubling . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.fixed points of maps and their stability ..P.fractal dimension of strange attractors Tools to identify and analyze motions: time history .symmetry breaking .circle map .
fixture for milling flanges straddle milling fixtures . ELBS 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.. swing.H.principles of clamping .Non Standard Clamping Devices".purpose of work holding devices . Kempster M. MIR Publishers 5.examples of pre-design analysis principles of locating and positioning . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 143 . pinch and magnetic clamps . Colving & Haas.drill guide bushings . Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. "Jigs and Fixtures Hand Book".types of clamps .worked examples Module III Fixtures .examples of design and drawing of drill jig for machining of simple components References 1.drive chucks .indexing tables and worktables .K.. "Jigs and Fixtures .magnetic chucking devices -mandrels . Donaldson. McGraw Hill 7. hinge and two-way (multiple) clamps .basic principles .mandrels and collet .wedge. "Tool Design". ASTME. Fundamentals of Tool Design 3. radial and V-locators redundant locators Module II Design and mechanics of clamping devices .leaf box and tumble jigs .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .design considerations in work holder design and selection design calculations of lever type clamp . "Jigs and Fixtures .latch and self locking clamps .screw clamps . hydraulic and pneumo-hydraulic clamps . Goroshkin A. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).fixture design examples of design and drawing of milling fixtures for machining of simple components fixtures for inspection testing and assembly . Lecain & Goold.indexing jigs . Wilson & Holt.standard fixture components .pin and button locators .face milling fixture with equalizers .805.chucks . "An Introduction to Jig and Tool Design".08.product analysis . "Hand book of Fixture Design". concentric.plane.jig feet and legs .pre-design analysis .boring and lather fixtures .E.economics Drill Jigs -definition .universal fixture for profile milling .operator analysis and cost analysis .operation analysis machine analysis . Taraporevala 8.. McGraw Hill 6. Tata McGraw Hill 4.. "Tool Design".slot and key-way milling fixtures . Cole B. spherical.jaw chucks .hook type clamp .indexing fixture .A.wedge type clamp .machine vices .types of drill jigs -template -vise .methods of location . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.welding fixtures .milling fixtures .pneumatic. Grant H.A Reference Book".definition of location .process planning and typical operation layout product considerations .profile milling fixtures .strap.principles of jig and fixture design construction methods and materials used .
vapour-liquid equilibrium mechanisms .two phase forced convection laminar and turbulent flow solutions for film heat transfer . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.dropwise condensation . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).drift flux model . Hsu Y.08. bends and values Module II Boiling and multiphase heat transfer . McGraw Hill 2.M.critical coefficient in nucleate and convective boiling Module III Condensation .identification and classification .correlations for bubble. Hewitt G.correlations for use with homogeneous and separated flow models . & Zuber N.compatibility conditions and their physical interpretation .propagation of small disturbances . Delhaye J. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 144 .805..pool boiling convective boiling .mathematical models . Tong L.mechanism of evaporation and condensation . Boiling Heat Transfer and Two Phase Flow. Collier J. slug and annular flows .pressure drop limitation effect . & Graham R. Multiphase Science and Technology.basic processes of condensation . Transport Processes in Boiling and Two Phase Systems.flow pattern maps and transition .. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. contractions.graphical representation of critical flow conditions References: 1. Convective Boiling and Condensation. Hemisphere 3.G.void fraction and pressure drop in sub-cooled boiling . Critical multiphase flows .two phase flow through inclined pipes and singularities . I.heat transfer in partial and fully developed sub-cooled boiling ..momentum and energy balance homogeneous and separated flow models . orifices.W. Two Phase Flows and Heat Transfer.empirical equations for film boiling and transition boiling .film condensation on a planar surface . Wiley 5. McGraw Hill 4..J. Ginoux J.saturated boiling heat transfer .pressure gradient in condensing systems .flow patterns ..7 MULTIPHASE FLOW L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Basic equations and empirical correlations for multi-phase flow .burnout mechanism and correlations .pressure losses through enlargements.experimental observations . Hemisphere.influence of pressure gradient ..Y.empirical treatment of two phase flow ..critical flow criterion . McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Vol.void fraction and slip ratio correlations .S.methods of improving heat transfer coefficient in condensation.
Hydraulic principles. ADAPT. C.maintenance of hydraulic systems. Economics of numerically controlled machines.Mikel P Groover 4.Application of NC machines – Types of Numerical control. K. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Temeri University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. MODULE.elements of hydraulic systems.8 CONTROLS IN MACHINE TOOLS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE-I Hydraulic control. REFERENCES: 1. Rao.Information flow in NC machine tool. valves. Study of their functional & design characteristic. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. CAD/CAM. Design of systems for specific requirements.Introduction to servo systems. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 145 .manual and computer aided programming. adaptive control principles.APT.II Numerical control: Introduction to numerical control. Analysis and study of typical hydraulic circuits in machine tools. Digital incremental and digital absolute. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Machine Tools Design—Acherkan 3. NC Machines & CAM.Information carriers.Pneumatic and hydro pneumatic circuits.Programming languages. accumulators etc. Industrial Hydraulics. N.analogue.805. N. P.08.John Pippinger 2.tape readerinterpolator – Measuring devices. K.pumps filters.Kundra. EXAPT. MODULE-III Programming. seals.
2. spherical shells.at a variable thickness transition section in a cylindrical vessel.Flow diagram . Wales. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 3. torispherical heads. Bedner. Buterworths series in Chemical Engineering ".Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 146 . " Chemical Process Equipment. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. CBS Publishers and Distributors. Harvey. Henry H. 1988. Stresses in pressure vessels: Stresses in a circular ring. Stanley.Thermal stresses .9 DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSELS AND PIPING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Methods for determining stresses . Theory of reinforcement pressure vessel design.collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure . " Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels ". 1987.Applications.Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading .supports for short vertical vessels – stress concentration .Cylindrical shells. Selection and Design. References: 1. Module III Bucking and fracture analysis in vessels : Buckling phenomenon . elliptical openings.Terminology and Ligament Efficiency .805. M. 1987. Piping : Introduction . John F. CBS Publishers and Distributors.Control and significance of Fracture Mechanics in Vessels . conical heads . " Pressure Vessels. Module II Design of vessels : Design of tall cyclindrical self supporting process columns .FEM application. cyclinder . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Design Hand Book ". about a circular hole.08.Piping layout and piping stress Analysis.Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell components .effect of supports on Elastic Buckling of cylinders .Discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels.
S. Viscosity and Viscometers – Starsor Viscometer – Falling sphere viscometer – Saybelt Universal Viscometer – Viscosity index. Sushil Kumar and Srivatsava. use of restrict hydro static squeeze films . Tribology in Industry. power loss and friction in ideal journal bearings – Use of linkage factors – Significance of Sommerfeld number – Eccentricity ratio – Unit load References: 1. PHI. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 147 . Fundamentals of Tribology.Chand Co. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.08. MODULE II Lubrication : Role of lubrication in present day practice – Fundamentals of viscosity and viscous flow – Flow through capillary tubes – Parallel plates – Radial flow between parallel circular plates – Continuity equation and Raynold’s equation . 2. MODULE III Analysis of hydrostatic oil pads – Load carrying capacity – Oil flow – Power loss – Application to thrust bearing . SenGupta and Ahuja.C. Analysis and application of Hydrodynamic Lubrication – Load carrying capacity . 3..805.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TRIBOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Friction : Nature of surfaces – Mechanism of friction – Laws of friction and friction theories – Merits and demerits . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Majumdar . Basu. Wear : Classification of wear – Theories of wear – Stages of Cohesive wear – Quantitative relationship for abrasive wear – Minor types of wear – Factors affecting wear . Tribology University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.B. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).
information phase. Checklist. Value Engineering. Secondary functions values-Use value. References: 1. benefits. FAST Diagram as a tool. Methodology. Mumbai. K. Steps in value engineering process-preparation problem selection. A. 3. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 148 . McGraw hill. Industrial cases . development and scope of value management.08. Esteem value. Chemical processing.Product manufacturing. 2000. Inventory Control and Logistics. information. evaluation phase. Datta. Module II Selection of project. investigation and implementation phase. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.11 VALUE ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History. 2001. functions and value-Basic functions. audit. value analysis. Semi –Automated production.S. Creation phase. 2. general phase. Approaches-job plan. Techniques of Value Analysis and Value Engineering. evaluation. New Delhi. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Basic concepts of value engineering. objectives. team members. L. S. guidelines. techniques. implementation and follow up. Iyer. New Age International (P) Ltd. Cost value and Exchange value Costing Vs Value engineering. cost worth model. Value Engineering prevents unnecessary uses of resources.805. D. Miles . Value Engineering is intensive cost search. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Jaico Publishing House. role of creativity. Creation. Materials Management. examples on usage of these tools Module III Value Engineering cases: Value Engineering raises production and productivity. selection and presentation. DARSIRI. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Project work: work sheets. principles of costing &cost estimation. Automated Production. 2000.
CASE tools for configuration management References : 1. Pearson Education Asia 2.software requirements .object models .interface evaluation.defect testing .system structuring .design principles .evolution .object-oriented testing .data re-engineering Software project management .quality planning .design patterns .requirements engineering processes .architectural design .clean room software development .critical systems specifications .software maintenance architectural evolution .quality control .software measurement and metrics . project duration and staffing quality management . An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering.verification and validation . Narosa University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.domain-specific architectures .process improvement process and product quality . Software Engineering. Dependability .design and implementation .specification .design with reuse . Jalote P.information presentation .management .security .planning .application families .version and release management .interface specification behaviour specification .validation . Ian Sommerville.system models .quality assurance and standards . Oxford University Press 5.testing workbenches .12 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . Fundamentals of Software Engineering.rapid prototyping techniques formal specification ..configuration management .distributed systems architecture Module II Object-oriented design . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 149 .805. Behferooz A.system building .legacy systems .integration testing .automated process support .user interaction . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.software re-engineering .group working .critical system development .validation .scheduling .elicitation and analysis .J.CASE workbenches Software prototyping .FAQs about software engineering .software inspection .. Prentice Hall of India 4.an object oriented design process case study .real-time software design .managing people .software testing .system design .context models .productivity estimation techniques .professional and ethical responsibility system modelling .critical systems . & Hudson F.real time executives .risk management .design evolution .user requirements .software change .user support .formal specification in the software process .user interface design .system engineering process .change management . Mall R.life cycle models iteration . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).S.the software process .algorithmic cost modeling.the people capability maturity model .process measurement process CMM . McGraw Hill 3.component-based development .software cost estimation .feasibility studies .automated static analysis .planning .project planning ... Software Engineering Fundamentals.SRS .data models .availability and reliability safety .system requirements .critical system validation Module III Software evolution .process analysis and modeling .objects and classes . Software Engineering. Pressman R.modular decomposition .prototyping in the software process .functional and non-functional requirements . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.behaviour models .control models .08.choosing and keeping people .
Linde Hampson Cycle. R. New York. Super Insulations..Liquefaction systems for Neon. Low Temperature properties of Engineering Materials. Klaus D.Refrigeration using liquids and gases as refrigerant. Cryo pumping Applications. Cryogenic Engineering . Cryogenic Engineering. Vacuum insulation.08. Electronics and Cutting Tool Industry. Electrical Power. Gas liquefaction systems: Introduction-Production of low temperatures. Thermal insulation and their performance at cryogenic temperatures. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Refrigerators using solids as working media.Electric and magnetic properties –Cryogenic fluids and their properties. Medicine. cryogenic fluid storage and transfer systems: Cryogenic Storage vessels and Transportation. Historical development. Adiabatic expansion. Food Processing.Barron. Powder insulation.Thermal properties.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE –I Introduction to Cryogenic Systems. References: 1. Biology. 1989. Types of heat exchangers used in cryogenic systems. Hydrogen and Helium – Critical components of Liquefaction systems. Stirling Cycle Cryo Coolers. Claude & Cascaded System.Timmerhaus and Thomas M. McGraw Hill. B. Applications of Cryogenics: Applications in space. super Conductivity. J.–.805. Mechanical properties. Cryogenic systems Randal F. 1986 3. Joule Thomson expansion. Boll Jr University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.General Liquefaction systems. Cryogenic fluid transfer systems Pressure flow-level and temperature measurements. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Law temperature properties of engineering materials: MODULE –II Liquefaction systems ideal system. Scott 4. 2. Magnetic Cooling. " Cryogenic Process Engineering " Plenum Press. H. MODULE –III Cryogenic Refrigeration systems: Ideal Refrigeration systems. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 150 .Flynn.
Application and Design. Boston. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 151 . John G.Webster. Mechanics of lower limb. -. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation . References 1. conduction velocity and latency. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Pferffer. Introduction (Brief description only) to Diagnosis and Therapeutic equipments: Diagnosis equipments . Transducers for Biomedical Measurements. Tata McGraw Hill.C. joints.Pacemakers.14 BIO MEDICAL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Human Anatomy & physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. polymers. New Delhi.Ratner and Hoffman. ECG machine. ceramics. wound healing & foreign body response. R. Therapeutic equipments .08. Jacob Kline. 7.D. Springer.transducers for biological applications principles. composites. Principle of generation and propagation of Bioelectric potentials. immunology and compliment system. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. prostheses and orthotics. EEG machine. 5. Biomechanics: Motion. Transducers. Medical instrumentation . Fung. Electrical activity of heart. MODULE II Biodynamics:. MODULE III Biomaterials:.Cobbold. glasses. 2. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. different types . Houghton Mifflin company. New York. Leslie Cromwell. Guyton. upper limb and Spine. Artificial bio-implants – Dental implants. glass ceramics. John C. Reactions to biomaterials inflammation.metals.Structure. implantable transducers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Material properties. Orthopaedic mechanics:. Dynamics and analysis of human locomotion.S. EMG machine. New Delhi.Weibell and Erich A. Heart .. Handbook of Biomedical Engineering. properties and rheology of bone.Mechanics of lower limb during standing and walking. 1990 3. structural mechanics. Leads & Electrodes: Transducers . PH meter.BP monitors. M. Academic Press.Khandpur. Academic Press Inc. Cartilage and synovial fluid.805.active and passive transducers. John Wiley & Sons. Text book of Medical Physiology – C. 8. 4.Different types of biomaterials .lung machine. Y. An Introduction to Materials in Medicine. Fred J. B. propagation of action potential through nerves. 6. heart valves. D. Biomedical lnstrumentation and Measurements rentice Hall of India.Flow stress and Growth. kidneys. Defibrillator.
805.Mounting High-Power Transistors on a Heat Sink Plate .Transient Heat Transfer -Practical thermal resistances-Theoretical power dissipation in electronic components-Heat generation in active Devices-CMOS Devices. Microcomputers. jet impingement cooling.15 THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction to the modes of heat transfer -Conduction.Steady State Conduction.Electronic Equipment for Ships and Submarines -Electronic Equipment for Communication Systems and Ground Support Systems -Personal Computers. Transient cooing: Simple Insulated Systems -Thermal Capacitance -Time Constant Heating Cycle Transient Temperature Rise -Temperature Rise for Different Time Constants -Cooling Cycle Transient Temperature Change -Transient Analysis for Temperature Cycling Tests.Mounting Electronic Components on Brackets -Uniformly Distributed Heat Sources.air flow direction.effect of altitude. Cooling : direct cooling and indirect cooling.Heat Conduction through Sheet Metal Covers. Convection and Radiation.Heat Conduction across Interfaces at High Altitudes -Outgassing at High Altitudes.Different Altitude and Power Conditions. Electronic Equipment for Airplanes.Natural Convection Analog Resistor Networks -Natural Convection Cooling for PCBs -Natural Convection Coefficient for Enclosed Airspace -High-Altitude Effects on Natural Convection.Steady State Heat Transfer. solid state thermoelectric cooling. single axis and multi axis vibration. Radiation Cooling of Electronics .Cutoff Switches -High-Altitude Conditions Conditioned Cooling Air from an External Source .cooling airflow curve-finned cold plates and heat exchangers-fin efficiency factor—undesirable airflow reversals. and Spacecraft . orientation of circuit boards within the chassis.Junction FET. forced liquid system cooling.flow impedance curve for electronics box.08. Mounting and cooling techniques for electronic components Various Types of Electronic Components on PCB . heat pipe. Missiles. spray cooling-Environment stress screening techniques: damage during thermal cycling and vibration.Power MOSFET-Heat generated in passive devices.Mounting Components on PCBs . and Microprocessors-Cooling Specifications for Electronics -Specifying the Power Dissipation Module II Conduction cooling for chassis and circuit boards: Concentrated Heat Sources.Radiation Heat Transfer in Space –view factor -Effects of cy/e on Temperatures in Space -Simplified Radiation Heat Transfer Equation – Combining Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer -Equivalent Ambient Temperature for Reliability Predictions Module III Forced convection cooling: Forced Cooling Methods -Cooling Airflow Direction for Fans Static Pressure and Velocity Pressure -Losses Expressed in Terms of Velocity Heads.InterconnectsResistors-Capacitors -Inductors and Transformers-Thermal engineering software. Satellites.Circuit Board with an Aluminum Heat Sink Core.Component Lead Wire Strain Relief Natural convection and radiation cooling: Natural Convection for Flat Vertical Plates -Natural Convection for Flat Horizontal Plates -Heat Transferred by Natural Convection -Turbulent Flow with Natural Convection -Finned Surfaces for Natural Convection Cooling .Warping on PCBs with metal heat sink-Chassis with Non uniform Wall Sections.Electrically Isolating High-Power Components. Static Pressure Losses for Various Altitude Conditions -Total Pressure Drop for Various Altitude Conditions -Finned Cold Plates and Heat Exchangers -Pressure Losses in Multiple-Fin Heat Exchangers -Fin Efficiency Factor -Undesirable Airflow Reversals -High-Power Cabinet Effects of Altitude on Heat Exchanger Performance . 152 . Establishing the Flow Impedance Curve for an Electronic Box-Hollow Core PCBs Cooling Air Fans for Electronic Equipment -Air Filters.heat sink.Two-Dimensional Analog Resistor Networks -Heat Conduction across Interfaces in Air .
Frank P. John Wiley & Sons.E. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. H. Heat Transfer.Beyna. H.Bardon.References: 1. Dave S. CRC Press LLC 2.. Heat and Mass Transfer.Sauliniar.K. 7. Dewitt. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company.. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Thermal management of electronic systems 5. Nag P K. New York. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Hijikata. Cooling of electronic systems 4. McGraw Hill Inc. Inc 3. Yunus A Cengel.B. Tata McGraw Hill Inc. John Wiley and sons 8.Yuncu. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 153 . Sadik Kakac.Hijikata. Holman J P. Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach. Incropera and David P. Heat and Mass Transfer. Thermal design pf electronic equipment.. Steinberg Cooling Techniques for Electronic Equipment. Ralph Remsberg. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. J. J.P. New York 6.
Linear Momentum Principle. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Constitutive Equations. Fung. Mase & G. Integral Theorems of Gauss and Stokes Module 2 Stress Principles . Linear Elasticity . Stretch Ratios. Stress. 4. Areas. Material Derivative of Line Elements. Finite Strain Tensors. G. Continuum mechanics for engineers. Continuum_Mechanics.Elasticity. Tensor Calculus. Principal Values and Principal Directions of Symmetric. Vorticity. Superposition Principle. Mass Density. Sudhakar Nair. Transformations of Cartesian Tensors. J. 5. --2nd ed. Material Derivatives of Line. Equations of Motion. Deformation. Cauchy Stress Principle. Hooke’s Law for Anisotropic Media. Hooke’s Law. Rotation Tensor. Principal Stress Directions. Heinbockel. Surface. 6. The Displacement Field The Material Derivative. Tensor Fields. Reddy. Lagrangian and Eulerian Descriptions. E. Matrices and Determinants. Field Equations. Tensor Algebra in Symbolic Notation. Octahedral Shear Stress Kinematics of Deformation and Motion . Constitutive Equations.The Continuum Concept. 3. and Cartesian Tensors. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Torsion. Summation Convention.08. Volumes Module 3 Fundamental Laws and Equations . Rate of Deformation. Plane Elasticity. Material and Spatial Coordinates. Y. First Course in Continuum Mechanics (1993) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Invariance. Strain Energy. Moment of Momentum (Angular Momentum) Principle. Deviator and Spherical Stress States. Restrictions on Elastic Materials by the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Hooke’s Law for Isotropic Media. Velocity Gradient. Deformation Gradients. T. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 154 . Lagrangian Equations of Motion. The Stress Tensor. Elastic Constants. Plane Stress. Continuum Mechanics Essential Mathematics . Vectors. Three-Dimensional Elasticity References: 1. Introduction to Tensor Calculus and Continuum Mechanics. Law of Conservation of Energy. Second-Order Tensors. Restrictions on Constitutive Equations from Invariance. Continuity Equation. Linear Thermoelasticity. and Volume Integrals.Scalars. The Piola-Kirchhoff Stress Tensors. Stress Transformation Laws. Elastic Symmetry. Mase. Principal Stresses.16 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CONTINUUM MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module 1 Continuum Theory. Stretch Tensors.Particles. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Conservation of Mass. Isotropic Elastostatics and Elastodynamics.805. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Airy Stress Function. The Energy Equation. Entropy and the Clausius-Duhem Equation.Body and Surface Forces.N. Tensor Symmetry. Maximum and Minimum Stress Values. Mohr’s Circles for Stress. 2.H. J.Balance Laws. Indicial Notation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Shaums outline. Force and Moment Equilibrium. Configurations. and Motion. Infinitesimal Deformation Theory.C.
-product concepts-product mix concepts-product classification Product planning: Marketing plan. Himalaya publishing House University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Identification of customer needs-Phages in product development. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Tata MacGraw Hill. Donald Lehman: Product management. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Kevin Lane : Strategic Brand management. McGraw-Hill Irwin 2.Keller.805. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 155 . Chunnawalla: Product Mmanagement. References: 1. Brand awareness.types of brand awareness-Brand image-Brand identity-brand personalitybrand positioning-creating core brand values-Bringing brand to life.sources of brand equity-managing brandsbuilding branding strategies.Karl T Ulrich and Steven D Eppinger : Product Design and development.brand extensions-branch licensing and franchising-global branding.portfolio analysis. 4.Opportunity identification and selectionconcept generation-concept/project evaluation-Development-Launch (Brief description only) Module III Understanding brands: Brands vs. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Building.selecting brand name. Product market strategies.08. Tata McGraw-Hill edition 5. products-Benefits of branding-brand attributessignificance of branding to consumers and firms.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCT AND BRAND MANGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Definition of a product. measuring and managing Brand equity.Merie Crawford : New Product management.product life cycle – product lifecycle stages and corresponding strategies Module II New product development-The challenges of product development. 3.growing and sustaining brand equity-customer based brand equity.Market potential and demand forecasting.
University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.research methods Vs methodology – criteria for good research Defining research problem. 4.selecting the problemnecessity of defining the problem.interview methodquestionnaire method – processing and analyzing of data. Ansari.08.18 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction – meaning of research.MW Macmillan publishing company. preparation.different types – developing a research plan Method of data collection–collection of data. Day Ra. 3.H. J.interpretation of results Module III Report writing – types of report – research report . Mahavir – ITPI Reading Material on Planning Techniques. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.A 1990 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Leedy. 4 th edition . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Coley.objectives of research-motivation in researchtypes of research-research approaches – significance of research. Practical research planning and Design.M and Scheinberg C. Earl Babbie. practice. structure and language of typical reports. 2.observation method. 5.processing options.1989 “How to write and publish a scientific paper”.1994.simple exercises . technical papersignificance.critical literature review – identifying gap areas from literature review Module II Research design–meaning of research design-need–features of good design.P.D. Proposal writing. research proposal. References: 1.making presentation – answering questions-use of visual aids-quality and proper usage-Importance of effective communication with illustrations.Wordsworth Publishing Company.literature review – importance of literature review in defining a problem.different steps in the preparation – lay out.what is a research problem.important concepts relating to research design.S.805. Cambridge University Press .oral presentation – planning. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 156 . The practice and Social Research.types of analysis. Newbury-Sage Publications.
Atomic Force Microscopy. chemical. CVD.Nano: The essentials . MW. A Subramnya. Nano Technology. super lattices. mechanical.Kelsall Robert. practical problems with molecular device. Springer-Verlag. perception. Nanotechnology. Greenwood Press 4. Module II Fabrication methods: Top down and bottom up approaches-Top down processes: Milling. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. nanocrystalline materials-Effects of nanometer length scale – Changes to the system total energy. John Mongillo. nanoclusters. thermal. Surface analysis and depth profiling. nanotubes. magnetic. Nanobiosensors. Nanoscale Science and Technology. quantum wells. Charles P Poole. nanomagnetic materials-magneto resistance.nanoswitches . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. pulsed laser methods.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NANOTECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Introduction and scope-Classification of nanostructures: Quantum dots. preparation of nanofluids. Jeremy Ramsden 6. Bandyopdhyay. single molecular devices. Wiley Eastern 7. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). T Pradeep .Muralidharan. MBE. Module III Applications of Nanotechnology (nano materials and devices)-Applications of nanocomposites. Lithographics. Gregory Timp. Nano science and Technology.Effect of Nanoscale dimensions on various properties – structural. Ian Hamley.S. plasma assisted deposition process.Bottom up processes: Vapour phase deposition methods. Ane books Pvt Ltd 2 . Mark Geoghegan. Frank J Owens.Carbon nanotubes: SW. quantum wires. nanocrystalline materials. molecular devices.nanofilters References: 1.08. New age international publishers 5. nanosensor based on quantum size effect. Microscopy techniques: Scanning Electron Microscopy. optical and electronic properties. A. Electrochemical sensors. characterization.nano computers. nanostructured coatings.805. Nanotechnology.nano sensors: order from chaos. machining process.K.Mechanical Properties-Magnetic and Thermal properties. thermophysical properties of nanofluids in comparison with base fluid. electrodeposition. . chemical methods. smart dust. changes to the system structures. PVD. W. V. 9 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology. nanolayered structures. Nanomaterials. Diffraction Techniques-Spectroscopy Techniques – Raman Spectroscopy.nanomachines: covalent and non covalent approaches. 8. Transmission Electron Microscopy. Bharat Bhushan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Molecular motors and machines. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 157 . McGraw – Hill education 3.nanofluids: nanoparticles. colloidal and solgel methods Characterisation methods: General classification of characterization methods. John Wiley and Sons. Sensors based on physical properties. Introduction to Nanotechnology.
layout of chasis. 3. (Asia Publishing House).simple carburettor – modern carburettors. Standard Publishers Distributors. toe-out. H. CRDI. vacuum and air brakes – antilock braking systems. toe-in. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Judge 4. types of drives of automobile. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 158 .. hydraulic. Module II Transmission: Clutch – single and multi-plate clutches – centrifugal clutches – fluid couplings. Kirpal Singh. rigid axle and independent suspensions – anti-roll bar –coil spring and leaf spring – torsion bar – Macpherson struct shock absorber – steering geometry – castercamber. Engines: Component details – engine parts – cylinder head – cylinder block – piston – piston rings – connecting rod – crank shaft – valve actuating mechanism – combustion chambers. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.West Press Pvt. Ltd. Crouse 5. Station Abby.08.fuel filter . Joseph Hietner. Edward F.W. Automotive Emission Control. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). References: 1. Lubrication system: Pressurised systems – SAE classification of lubricating oil – oil filter – oil pump. Practical Automobile Engineering. 6. Modern Transmission System. East. Module III Steering and suspension: Different steering mechanisms – power steering – suspension systems – front axle. A. Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution. Brakes: Mechanical. I & II. Automobile Engineering. Petrol injection – MPFI. Automotive Mechanics. Ignition system: Classification – battery ignition – electronic ignition – starter mechanism – solenoid switch – bendix drives. Types of wheel: Integrated rim – flat base rim alloy wheel – wheel balancing. Tyres: Tubeless tyres – ply ratings – radial tyres. W. Delhi. Obert.Vol. Madras.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY (P) Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History and General classification of automobiles. Gear box: Principle and necessity of manual gear box – constant mesh. Fuel systems: Fuel pump . Cooling system: Methods of cooling – coolant types.805. sliding mesh and synchro mesh gear boxes – over drives – rear wheel and four wheel drives – universal joint – rear axles. 2.
1996. modified hot gas corrosion. The Metals Society. American Society for Metals. McGraw-Hill. strain hardening. ductile and brittle materials. Oxidation and hot corrosion: Oxidation.. Butterworths.T. USA. Spencer J. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. “Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures”. cleavage fracture. 1983. “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”. 1985. Bressers. embrittlement.. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). hot gas corrosion deposit. Intermetallics. 1981. Monkman-Grant relationship. 1985. Courtney T. ductile fracture due to micro void coalescence-diffusion controlled void growth. UK. Raj. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 159 . fluxing mechanisms. high temperature ceramics. Nickel base and Cobalt base super alloys. REFERENCES: 1. USA. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08. solidification of single crystals. 4th Edition. fracture maps for different alloys and oxides. metallurgical factors influencing various stages.. USA. Pilling. methods of combat hot corrosion. grain boundary strengthening. 6. R. Hertzberg R. effect of stress. hardening.805. Bedworth ratio. Module III Super alloys and other materials: Iron base. “Directionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature Service”. Module II Fracture: Various types of fracture. 1990. effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion. USA.21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS Credits : 4 Module I Creep: Factors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures. Applied Science. temperature and strain rate. Boyle J. J. 4. 5. 3. “Stress Analysis for Creep”. “Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materials”. 2. solid solution strengthening. kinetic laws of oxidationdefect structure and control of oxidation by alloy additions. definition of creep curve. “Creep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloys”. precipitation hardening by gamma prime. McLean D.H. expressions of rupture life of creep. TCP phase. various stages of creep. composition control. interaction of hot corrosion and creep. John Wiley. Design for creep resistance: Design of transient creep time. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. W. brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature..
Code and regulations for worker safety and health. 6. fatigue. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Nair Publishers. Engineering methods of controlling chemical hazards. 1999. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Trivandrum. Safety in Industrial pollution and control – working at height.ISBN: 0131423924 2.machining shop – drilling – polishing machine – safety in assembly shop – material handling – dock safety – safety in generation and distribution of power – distribution and handling of industrial gases – safety in inspection – safety in chemical laboratories – ammonia printing – safety in power press – safety in sewage – disposal and cleaning. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. “Occupational Safety Management and Engineering”. P. Ray Asfahl C. N. 5th Edition. safety and the physical environment.805. Module III Accident prevention and protective equipments: Personal protective equipment – survey the plant for locations and hazards – part of body to be protected. safety and the physical environment: Control of industrial noise and protection against it. Health. 5th edition.M. Jaico publishers House – 1996 5. “Safety in Industry”. “Safety Law For Occupational Health and Safety”.History and development of Industrial safety – implementation of factories Act – formation of various council – safety and productivity – safety organizations. Education and training in safety – prevention causes and cost of accident. House keeping – first aid – fire fighting equipment – Accident reporting – investigations.. 4. “Industrial safety and the law”. ISBN: 075064559 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. in industrial safety . John Ridley. Module II Operational safety (Hot Metal Operation): Hot metal operation – safety in Cutting – safety in welding – safety in Boilers. “Industrial Safety and Health Management”. 1998.22 L-T-D: 3-1-0 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to the development of industrial safety and management . “Occupational safety manual” – BHEL.safety committees – safety committees structure – roll of management and roll of Govt. ButterworthHeinemann. 2000 .. Industrial psychology in accident prevention – safety trials.rolling – forging .Pressure vessels – Furnace (all types) .safety analysis. REFERENCES: 1. John Channing.ISBN: 0138965153 3. Willie Hammer. Fifth Edition. Prentice Hall. The Acts which deal the safety and industrial hygiene: Features of Factory Act – explosive Act – boiler Act – ESI Act – workman’s compensation Act – industrial hygiene – occupational safety – diseases prevention – ergonomics.V.surface hardening – casting – Moulding – coiling. Krishnan. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 160 . Prentice Hall. Occupational diseases.08. 2003 .C.Heat treatment processes shops – electroplating – grinding – forming processes. stress. Operational safety (cold metal operation): Safety in handling of portable power tools – hand grinder .
FEM .A Materials and Processing Approach. method of developing cost estimates. mathematical modeling and computer simulation.805. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 161 . Methods of optimum design Module-II Material selection. weighted property index. Mc Graw Hill. Nondestructive testing methods. The design Process. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Richard Morris. Chris Rose Elsevier Science and Technology books 3. Design Engineering Harry Cather. design for corrosion resistance. review of CAD. Communicating the design. designing with plastics. value analysis. Shigley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Design for Machining. Engineering Design. Cost evaluation. Ethics in Engineering. design examples. Modeling and simulation. Probabilistic approach to design. recording of results and writing technical reports. Design Engineering-John R. search methods. Mathew Philip. optimization.08. George E. depreciation. cost models Failure analysis. linear programming. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). REFERENCES 1. Evaluation methods for materials. Product Life Cycle. Design for welding. Failure modes. Morphology of Design. inflation. simple design examples. Reliability theory. Techniques for failure analysis. Module-III Economic decision making. life cycle costing.FDM. 2.Steps. Design for reliability. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Role of processing in design. categories of cost. residual stresses in design. Mechanical Engineering Design. The Engineering Profession. Causes of failures.Dixon 4. Dieter.23 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING DESIGN Credits : 4 Module-I Engineering activities. Material selection process. sensitivity and break even analysis. Performance characteristics of materials. visual aids and graphics. cost versus performance relations. Design for Casting. how to price a product. Design Drawings. Creative problem solving and decision making. cost comparison. profitability. Design for brittle fracture and fatigue fracture. Design for assembly.
24 TRACTORS & FARM EQUIPMENTS Credits : 4 MODULE I General Design of Tractors: Classification of tractors . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MI1R Publishers Moscow. MIR Publishers.Valve mechanism components Cooling system . . selection based on weather conditions. Rodichev and G. 1975 4. 2. Kolchin. Cylinder and pistons . Moscow. Publishers.805.Fuel tanks and filters . A. MODULE III Control System of Tractors: Power transmission. Maskovin.Engine balancing . basic rules for matching machines. " Tractor and Automobiles ".A. selection of machines. steering clutch and braking system in crawler tractors.Construction and operation of the valve mechanism . wheels.Connecting rods and crankshafts . . Sorekin.08. and V. Lubricating system servicing and troubles ..Rodicheva.General engine design .Farm tractors. steering system. 1987. Guruvech and B. Layout of wheeled tractor.Main components of tractor . rims and tyres and accessories of wheeled tractors. Lambert Henry. MODULE II Power Plant in Tractors: Engine cycles – Operation of multicylinder engines .Classification . MIR. Geleman and M. Agricultural Implements: Working attachment of tractors . brakes and braking system.Liquid cooling system . Harris Pearson & Wilkes. 1977 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Basic engine performance characteristics. power transmission. selection of equipments including the nature of operating selection based on the type of soil.Air cleaner and turbo charger .Farm equipment .Tractors. crawler details . tractor stability and ride characteristics Layout of crawler tractors. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 162 . TATA McGraw Hill Publications. hydraulic control system. 3.Auxiliary equipment Trailers and body tipping mechanism. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Classification . References: 1.Fuel pumps.Farm machinery and equipment.Demidov " Design of Automotive engines for tractor ". Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. selection based on haul distance. 1972. power take off.Components. methods of selection of equipments. Smith . 1975 5.Safety rules. MIR Publishers.
a/d and d/a converters .interrupt driven i/o.S. 1986. " Introduction to Microprocessors ".. " Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications".switches. development of a high speed. III Edition..multiple precision addition and subtraction .Bianco and A.P..addressing modes . z-80 and mc 6800 mpu and its pin function .assembly directive . Aditya.architecture .estimation of execution times. SAE Transactions. 1986 Sec 3. New Delhi. Ramesh. Ahson.25 EMBEDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOBILES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE . L. New Delhi. 8251. " Automotive Micro Electronics ". " Microprocessors with Applications in Process Control ". New Delhi. Jabez Dhinagar.I Architecture general 8 bit micropocessor and its architecture 8085. division.programmed i/o . multiplication. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Applications data acquisitions .Mathur. MODULE -II Assembly language programmimg construct of the language programming . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 163 . 5. 1986.S.timing diagrams . Elsevier science publishers.instruction set of 8085 mpu-t-state machine cycle and instruction cycles . References: 1.805. 6.assembly format of 8085 . 3. Goankar. MODULE .Labella. high precision learning control system for the engine control. led' rom and ram s interfacing. 8255. 1986.automotive applications engine control.I. 8279.stepper motor control . 2. dma .08. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. code conversion using look up tables stack and subroutines.temperature control .serial i/o. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co Ltd. 4. Tata McGraw-Hill.. " Microprocessor Application in Automoblies "..III Interfacing devices types of interfacing devices .input / output ports 8212.fetch and execute operations . suspension system control. 1989. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). driver information systems). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.S. Instruction set instruction format .different machine cylces . octal latches and tristate buffers .function of different sections. Data transfer schemes interrupt structure .bcd to binary and binary to bcd.
llliffe Books Ltd. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.III Gear box computer aided design of three speed and four speed gear boxes. Khanna Publisher.08. Heldt. Drive line and read axle computer aided design of propeller shaft.M. determination of bearing loads at kingpin bearings. 1982... " Motor vehicle ".M. llliffe Books Ltd. design details of full floating. 2.N. London.P. New York. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 7. Heldt. " Mechanics of Road vehicles ".26 COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN Credits : 4 MODULE . 1992. Dean Averns. 1982. " Suspension and tyres ".coil springs and torsion bar springs. choice of bearings. London. " Automobile Chassis Design ".. computer aided design of clutch components. 5. design details of final drive gearing.. determination of optimum dimensions and proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering. References: 1. MODULE .. New Delhi. Steeds & Garret..J. Clutch torque capacity of clutch. 4. London. " Automobile Mechanics ".moments and stresses at different sections of front axle. Chilton Book Co... 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. . Giri. Steeds. 1992. Newton. Giles. New York. llliffe Books Ltd.semi-floating and three quarter floating rear shafts and rear axle housings. wheel spindle bearings.P. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 164 .W. 6. " Torque converter ". 3. design details of roller and sprag type of clutches.. 1988.G. MODULE -II Front axle and steering systems analysis of loads . llliffe Books Ltd. Steering. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.computer aided design of leaf springs . computer aided design of frame for passenger and commercial vehicle .I Vehicle frame and suspension study of loads . " Automotive Chassis ".805. Chilton Co.moments and stresses on frame members.K. 1990.
Compressors. 1.air intakes. Turboprop. Rocket Testing. Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionG.burning rate. Combustion chambers.Types. simple problems. Scramjet.Hybrid Rockets combustion processes in SPR and LPR combustion instability.Classification. turbofan. nozzles turbine and compression matching – Thrust. References. Igniters liquid propellants. Turboshaft. Measurement System Terminology. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Starting and ignition – Precautions in propellant handling.Classification. Ramjet. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Pulsejet and Rocket engines. Liquid propellant feed systems injectors.Typical fuels and oxidizers. Module. Solid propellants. properties and specifications. Flight Testing.806. Selection. Performance parameters for chemical rockets and their relationship.augumentation. Module II Turbojet engine components. Turbojet. Thermodynamics analysis of turbojet engine cycle. electrical nuclear and solar rockets. Rocket Propulsion elements2.Control of instabilities – Cooling of Rocket motors Flight Performance.Classification types of propulsive devices.1 PROPULSION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module. Rocket propulsiongeneral operating principles of chemical. thrust power and efficiencies of turbojet engine. Energy and efficiencies.grain Configurations. Mechanics and Thermodynamics of propulsion3.ELECTIVE V 08. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 165 . Theory of propulsion – Thrust.Test facilities and safeguards.Velocity and attitude in simplified vertical Refractory staging of rockets. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. turbines. P. Comparative study of performance characteristics applications.Airscrew.I Fundamentals of Propulsion. Sutton Hill and Peterson Mathur and Sharma University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.III Chemical Rockets.
Control systems diagram. Refrigerated trucks. Heat velocity of foods. Drying during constant and falling the above periods. Poultry. Calculation of freezing time. Plant air flow design. Fruits. Methods of Food Preservation :Microbiology of foods. Eggs. Automobile air conditioning Air conditioning for Aircrafts.(3 Volumes) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.806. Relation between moisture content and time. ASHRAE Date Book. Duct sizing. duct work design – variation of air pressure along a duct. Theories and methods of chilling and freezing. frozen storages. ships and in space crafts. Module III Industrial Air conditioning – for different type of Buildings – Hospitals. Refrigerated warehouse . Review of the components of a vapor compression system. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Elementary ideas of the controls used in chilled water plants. Railway refrigerated cars.08. Theaters.2 INDUSTRIAL REFRIGERATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Brief Review of the methods of refrigeration – Air vapor compression and vapor absorption refrigeration systems. References 1. System Design – Ventilation requirements. Dairy products. Relation between air velocity and freezing time. Fish. Refrigeration in chemical Industry. Beverage Products. Laboratories. Refrigeration load in freezers. single duct variable air temperature and volume controls. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 166 . storage and distribution of chilled and frozen foods. Refrigeration in Air transport. Computer Centre . Heating and cooling loads. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Cold storage. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Food storage requirement. Fruit Juice Concentrates and Bakery products. Textile processing etc. Vegetables. Heating and ventilating control. Temperature – Time graph of Freezing process. marine refrigeration. Design of cold storage and frozen stores . Introduction to Automatic control systems – components of control systems. trailers and containers. Such as Meat. Principles of Refrigeration – Dossat 2. printing plants. Module II Processing.
definition of quality. 2. “Reliability Engineering”. LTPD.08. Grant. Control chart for attributes –control chart for proportion or fraction defectives – p chart and np chart – control chart for defects – C and U charts. “ Practical Reliability Engineering”.C. R chart and σ chart. Maintainability and availability – simple problems. “Statistical Quality Control”. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. “Statistical Quality control”. “Inspection Quality Control and Reliability”. Economics of inspections .. Eugene . hazard rate. multiple sampling techniques – The Operating characteristic curve– producer’s Risk and consumer’s Risk.D. Module III Life testing – Objective – failure data analysis. definition of SQC. “Quality Control”.uses of control chart – Control chart for variables – X chart. 7.Lot by lot sampling – types – probability of acceptance in single. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 167 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. mean time between failure. Minimum inspection per lot. John Wiley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 6.Srinath. Affiliated East west press Monohar Mahajan. 1.T.. Mean failure rate.3 INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module 1 Credits : 4 Introduction.H. parallel and mixed configuration – simple problems. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). AOQL conceptsstandard sampling plans for AQL and LTPD.806.. P. 4. Quality cost-Variation in process. system reliability. McGraw-Hill L. Khanna Publishers Besterfield D.S.L “Statistical Quality Control”.O. basic concept of quality. 8. Prentice Hall Sharma S.C.factors – process capability – process capability studies and simple problems – Theory of control chart. Prentice Hall Connor. double. Quality assurance. “Manufacturing & Operations Strategy”. series. Reliability improvements – techniques.use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product development – Product life cycles. Module II The concept of Acceptance sampling. Dhanpat Rai & Sons R. State of control and process out of control identification in charts. 3. Khanna Publishers Danny Samson. 5. References. mean time to failure. benefits and limitation of SQC. Formulation of Inspection lots and selection of samples.uses of standard sampling plans.Gupta. AQL.
1981.Kern. 6. Arthur P. London. Theory and Pratice.Industrial Applications. G. Edition. Effect of Turbulence. Hemisphere Publishing Corporation. New York. Overall heat transfer co-efficient. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 168 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD). Computation of total pressure drop of shell side and tube side for both baffled and unbaffled types – Pressure drop in pipes and pipe annulus.Afgan " Heat Exchangers ". Effectiveness. Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers.Hewitt and N. Module III Design of Evaporators: Design of Shell and Tube. McGraw Hill Book Co. 1997. Module II Design of double pipe Exchanges – Shell and tube pipe exchangers – The tubular element – Tube pitch – Shells – Tube sheet – Baffles – Tube sheet layout and tube counts (tube matrix) – V-band Exchangers – Shell side film coefficients – Shell side mean velocity – Shell side Equivalent diameter – The true temperature difference in 1-2 Exchanger – Shell side and tube side pressure drips – Fouling factors – Design of a shell and type – Type 1 Exchangers – Extended surface exchangers – Design of a Finned type double pipe exchanger – Longitudinal Fins and Transverse fin. " Heat Exchangers ". " Heat Exchanger Design ".Q. Condensers – Condensation of a single vapour –Dropwise and film wise condensation – Process applications – Condensation on a surface – Development of equation for calculation – Comparison between horizontal and vertical condensers – The allowable pressure drop for a condensing vapour – Influence of impurities on condensation – Condensation of steam – Design of a surface condenser – Different types of boiling . Counter flow and parallel flow. 7. Testing and Maintenance. " Cooling Tower ". 1980. 5. John Wiley & Sons.F. " Process Heat Transfer ". Pressure loss. A Text book on Heat Transfer – S. McGraw Hill Book Co. Ann Arber Science pub.Frass. 1980. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. D.. 2. Cooling Towers : Packing. Plate type evaporators.A Basic Guide. Spray design. " Industrial Heat Exchangers " . Selection of pumps.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT Credits : 4 Module I Classification and General features of heat Exchangers. Channel divergence.Taborek. Nicholas Cheremisioff. Second Edition. T. 1996. NTU – Effectiveness– Calculation of heat transfer area by different methods – Caloric or average fluid temperature – The pipe wall temperature.08. Temperature distribution and its implications. 4.Sukatme. References: 1. Holger Martin. Regenerators and Recuperators.Thermal Stress in tubes. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3.. Friction factor.P. Types of failures. Fans and Pipes. Tata McGraw Hill.806. New Delhi.. 1992. Walker. TEMA standards University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Experimental Methods.
5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CREATIVITY AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits : 4 Module I The process of technological innovation .Intellectual property rights (IPR).introducing new products. 1992. Allahabad.Testing . 3.different techniques. I. Harry Nystrom. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.brain storming . 1992. Pitman Publishing Ltd. Research and new product development .testing . Brain Twiss.R. 1979.creativity and problem solving .Patent application References: 1.cost evaluation . P.Khandwalla . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 4. John Wiley & Sons.Patent laws International code for patents . New Delhi.the need for creativity and innovation .quality standards .factors contributing to successful technological innovation . TIFAC.marketing research . Bulletins.Watton. 2..P. Prentice Hall Inc.Model Preparation . 1992.806. Module III Design of proto type . 5.Patents . Harry B. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Module II Collection of ideas and purpose of project .. Creative design . 1997.08.Wheeler Publishing ". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 169 .Patent search .N. " New Product Planning ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques).Selection criteria . " Creativity and innovation"." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) . " Managing technological innovation".
covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Make or buy decisions – Materials Requirements Planning Concept. Development of Computer Programme for forecasting.M . Techniques and materials.P. Use of Indian Standards for Vendor rating. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.806.R.6 COMPUTERIZED MATERIALS MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE . REFERENCES 1. The need for the integrated approach in Material management Demand forecasting – Various qualitative and quantitative methods of demand forecasting – Different type of averaging.Starr & Miller . and MUSIC. Methods and principles of Storing and retrieving items. Time series analysis. Scientific Inventory Management 2. Purchasing – Purchase organization – legal aspects of buying – Purchase Procedure.Gopalakrishnan . FSN. MODULE . VED. Effects of shortage cost on EOQ. Store and Material control – Receipts and issues – Stores Record. Classification systems and selective Inventory control – ABC. Inventory Management 3. Delphi and other Group techniques. Principles of Inventory management . Development of Computer Programme for ABC analysis – Codification and standardization Systems and Techniques. Integrated Material management 5. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Effects in Cost.08. Introduction to JIT philosophy – Features and impact in Materials Management.Bnchan & Kbenigsberg .Tershine University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Correction for fluctuations. MODULE -III Vendor rating and source selection. Inventory costs and EOQ model. Price breaks and quantities – Effects of variations in leadtime and demand. Design of Inventory control systems. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 170 .II Inventory control – Basic methods in Inventory – Assumptions used in deriving models. Exponentially weighed smoothening. HML. methods and illustration examples. Material handling devices used in stores – Application of Computers in Material handling – Design of informatic systems for procurement and storage using computer.I Introduction to Materials management – Importance of material management and its role in industries. Materials Management 4. Development of simple Computer Programme for forecasting. 3-D approaches. Coverage analysis in Material management.Shah . Systems of Inventory control.
Fourier transforms . McGraw Hill.moments of functions of random variables Module II Random processes .weakly stationary and strongly stationary random processes .extreme value distributions .Venn diagram .geometric distribution .functions of single random variable .impulse response and frequency response function as Fourier transform pair . white noise) .main descriptors of a random variable (mean.Wiener-Khintchine equations . “Probability Concepts in Engineering Planning and Design”..simple events and combination of events .basic axioms of probability .joint properties of ergodic random processes cross-correlation functions for linear systems .joint probability distribution of two random variables . “Elements of Vibration Analysis”..normal distribution .theorem of total probability . John Wiley 2. Prentice Hall.spectral classification of random processes (narrow band.H.negative binomial distribution . Shahram Sarkoni.H. variance.standard normal distribution . McGraw Hill 4.response of one -dimensional continuous systems to random excitations References: 1. Papoulies A.. mode. Vol.joint and conditional probability distributions .moment generating functions.. McGraw Hill 3.level crossing expected frequency and amplitude of narrow band Gaussian processes . Academic Press 8.. “Mathematical Analysis Of Random Noise”. characteristic functions and log characteristic functions. Lutes L. Kogakusha Ltd. & Tang W.events and probability . Rice S. Ang A. Jullius Solnes.definition of a random variable . Crandall S.Poisson process and Poisson distribution hypergeometric distribution . 9. “Random Data Analysis And Measurement Procedure”.G. in “Selected Papers on Noise and Stochastic Processes”. Random Variables And Stochastic Processes”.De Morgan’s rule .H.response of multi-degree of freedom system to random excitations .mutually exclusive events and collectively exhaustive events .covariance and correlation mean and variance . & Mark W. “Probability.08. coefficient of variation.response of a single degree of freedom system to random excitation . John Wiley 171 . “Random Vibration in Mechanical Systems”.ergodic random processes . Lin Y. “Stochestic Process & Random Vibration.lognormal distribution .Rayleigh distribution Module III Response to random excitations .probability density and distribution functions properties of autocorrelation functions . Bendat & Piersol..gamma distribution . Over Publications 7. Useful probability distributions .D.introduction .absolute moments and central moments .time averages and correlation functions . I.power spectral density functions .K.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RANDOM VIBRATIONS Credits : 4 Module I Basic probability concepts .introduction .S.contour integration . wide band.multiple functions of multiple random variables . “Probability Theory In Structural Dynamics”. “Stochastre Analysis of Structural & Mechanical Vibration”.binomial distribution . Inc. Meirovitch L.elements of set theory . standard deviation.conditional probability statistical independence .joint properties of stationary random processes .ensemble averages and correlation functions .beta distribution .Bayes’ theorem . Wiley Inter Science.single function of multiple random variables . 6. median.response of a linear system function to stationary random excitation .probability distribution and probability distribution and probability density of discrete and continuous random variables .806. John Wiley 5. skewness and kurtosis) .D.properties of spectral density functions ..
Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 172 .
from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 173 .806.08. MODULE II The Euler – Savarg equation and its graphical representation – Determination of the Centre of Curvature of the path of a point – Euler savarg equation for points between the instantaneous centre and the inflexion point – General form of the Euler – Savarg equation – Relation between the position of a point in the movable plane and the centre of the curvature of its path – The inflection circle – Envelops and generation curves – Transformation of Euler – Savarg equation – Graphical construction – Construction of the inflexion centre if the centre of the curvature of both centrodes are known .Jr. REFERENCES 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Analytical Design of 4 bar Mechanism for co-ordinated motion of the crank: Fneuden – Steins equations – Sample design – Three co-ordinate crank position – Co-ordinates of the crank velocities and derivatives – Design of a four bar mechanism for constant angular velocity ratio of the cranks – Choice of knecesion points . An Introduction to the Synthesis of mechanism : Two position of link – Three position of a link – The pole triangle and practical application.8 ADVANCED KINEMATICS OF MACHINES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Kinematics Pairs : Classifications of kinematics pairs – Number of points of support in a plane – Subdivision of higher pairs – Kinematics chains – Classification of Kinematics chains – Coupler curves : Definition and Equation – Roberts law – Cognate linkages – Cognate of the slider crank – Double points of a coupler curve – Coupler curve atlas . Kinematics of Mechanism . Linkage Design . Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. MODULE III Kinematics chains of n-links : Number of lines of centres – Kinematics chains with constrained motion – Minimum number of hinges in one link in a closed chain with constrained motion – General analysis of Kinematics chains – Transformation of kinematics chain by the use of higher hinges – Replacement of turning pairs by sliding pairs – Criterion of constrained motion for Kinematic chain with higher pairs . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Rosenouver and Willis 2.
capital market . Max well Macmillan 4.finance and related disciplines scope of financial management . "Financial Management".other financial instruments . TMH 2.determinants .traditional technique . Brealey & Onyers.functions objectives of financial management .9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . Pandey I.financial statement analysis . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 174 .evaluation techniques . Vikas publisher University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.ratio analysis Module II Statement of change in financial position .computation of working capital Sources of corporate finance . Shapiro A.equity . ADR etc.M.08.foreign investments and financing sources . TMH 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).C. Prasanna Chandra.806.debt . "Principles of corporate Finance”.Euro currency market. McGraw Hill 5. GDR. References: 1. Khan & Jain. "Modern Corporate Finance". Euro issues. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.discounted cash flow techniques (NPV & IRR) Module III Working capital: nature .an overview on Indian financial system Financial analysis . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.working capital basis only Capital budgeting: nature . "Financial Management".. "Financial Management"..stock exchanges .
McGraw.benefits of FMS .manning of FMS .806.08. “Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing”.programming of robots assembly & inspection Module III Flexible manufacturing system management .tools and tooling . Prentice Hall of India.controlling precision .P. Kant Vajpayee. Groover.mini/micro computers and programmable controllers . Joseph Talavage & Hannam.work handling equipments system storage . Prentice Hall of India 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Groover M.input/output devices – software . Marcel Dekker Inc. Emory & Zimmers. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.economics of FMS .network simulation .artificial intelligence References : 1.industrial robots .development of manufacturing system .simulation procedure . Yoram Koren.types of memory .simulation and analysis of FMS .FMS work station . Prentice Hall of India 2.computer assisted part programming . “Automation.motion control system . 4. Hill Book Company.APT language .automated guided vehicles .10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction Computer technology .group technology .head indexers .application of numerical control .fixtures . Numerical control of machine tools. Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”.NC part programming punched tape .machining centres .hardware . “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems”.basic components of NC systems .Job coding and classification .NC coordinate systems .approaches to modelling for FMS .manual part programming .tool management .tape coding and format .NC programming with interactive graphics Module II Manufacturing systems .computer aided design fundamentals of CAD . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 175 .application of computers for design manufacturing data base. “CAD/CAM Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing”. “Flexible Manufacturing Systems in Practice”.pallets .the design process .FMS control software .components of FMS .FMS design . 5.
. Analytical solution of a one-dimensional convection diffusion equation. Module III Pressure-velocity decoupling for incompressible flows .. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. velocity contours and pressure contours. Potential. Anderson Dale A. Numerical problem up to four unknowns using TDMA.. applications. Method of drawing a velocity vector. Springer Verlag 4. explicit and Crank-Nicolson schemes.Steady and unsteady flows. Patankar Suhas V. Typical results of CFD analysis. Euler and Navier-Stokes equations.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to CFD. Stream lines. Tannehill John C. Commerical CFD packages. Eddy diffusivity. central and blended difference approximations for convection term.. References: 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Module II Cell centered finite volume discretisations of terms of governing equations such as time derivative.SIMPLE and PISO algorithms.. Density based solutions for compressible flow.806. Structured and unstructured mesh. Basic steps of CFD. Typical boundary conditions such as Dirichlets and Neumann conditions. method for generating stream line.J. & Pletcher Richard H. Upwind.A. TVD and Van-leer schemes for compressible flow. “Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics I. Solution of Lagrangian coordinates of a fluid particle. “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”. “Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer”. & Malalasekera W. Characteristics of turbulent flow. Classification of structured grids. “An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics” Longman 3. Turbulent Kinetic energy and dissipation rate. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 176 . Taylor & Francis 2. Historical background. convective and diffusion. Taylor & Francis University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.K.. Governing equations: continuity and momentum equations. .08. QUICK scheme. TDMA method. Equation of transport of a scalar. Near wall treatments and wall functions. Meshes. Implicit. advantages. Versteeg H. Fletcher C. Turbulence models: Baldwin-Lomax and k-ε models only.
New Delhi. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 177 .Rober U Ayres . Introduction to technology assessment . constraints and scales – intensive and extensive micro variables – The inertia of trend curves .08. Dimensions of technological change : Intellectual . MODULE III Policy and strategic planning : Planning as tool for forecasting – Policy – Planning methods – Strategic planning methods – Cast effectiveness – PPOS – Demand oriented planning – Operations analysis and systems analysis . Technology forecasting . systems analysis . Trend extrapolation : Curve fitting – Envelops . TA and its relevance – History of TA in Government and Industry – Steps in TA – The MITRE Methodology – Brief review of techniques which can be used in TA including cross impact analysis .806. Heuristic forecasts : Extrapolation of dependant variables and constrained variables – analogies . Philosophical and cultural factors – Political and international factors – Military and strategic posture – Macro economics – Micro economics – Communications and social feed back – Technological diffusion and innovation . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. cost benefit analysis and formal models – Case studies – (Suggested projects : To be a TA project relevant to the Kerala context) REFERENCES 1. Selected readings on Technology assessment – IIT Bombay and Dept.metaphors and structural models – Phenomenological models – Operational models and simulations . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Mc Graw Hill 2. of Science and Technology. Intuitive methods – Forecasting by experts – Structured interactions – Man – machine interactions. MODULE II Forecasting techniques Morphological analysis : Analysis of functional capabilities Morphological analysis of future words – Network methods . Epistemology of forecasting : Nature of technological change – ontological and teleological views – Types of forecasts – Exploratory projections – Target projections – Validity criteria . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.12 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TECHNOLOGY FORECASTING Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction and Historical Background – Examples of notable successes and failures.
Computers and Information Systems – Robert .System Investigation.Modems.DSS and ESS. Project selection. Structured system design. Activities in requirement determination. People and Procedures -Data Communication network. Data dictionary. File and data base design. Laudon. Interviewing staff.testing –Software quality assurance-software metrics. Types of Communication Channels.Challenges of Information Systems . Role of System Analyst in Data processing and User departments. Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm. System control. Murdick and Ross University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Tata Mc Graw Hill 6. Pearson education. OAS. Banking Information Systems. Input design and control.Burch John. Gordon B Davis. Documentation tools. Flow charts. Feasibility study. McGraw Hill 3. Identify Data and Information Produced. MIS. System analysis. Output system design. Management Information Systems : Conceptual Foundations. 1999. System Development. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Documentation. Information Systems for Modern management.A. Application of Information Systems: Accounting Information systems and Financial Information System. Structured analysis.Hardware. System analysis completion report.Contemporary approach to Information systems .Detection of errors – verification and validating. structure chart. Fact finding. Management Information Systems-James A O’Briean. TPS. Information technology Infrastructure. Types of networks. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.S. Need for System analysis.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction to Information Systems . Identifying areas for system study.System Implementation and control . Data flow diagram. Tools for determining System requirement.The strategic role of information in Organisational Management. System concept: Organisation as a system. inspection of Documents. Information Systems theory And Practice.Computer based Information Systems . John wiley &Sons 5. Software. Coding techniques. Kenneth C.Types and examples of Information systems. MODULE III System Design. Marketing Information System. tools for Documenting procedures and Decisions. Cost-benefit analysis.G Jr and Others. Laudon and Jane P. Addison Wesley. Information Systems – A Management Perspective – Steven Alter.08. Development of System Profiles.806. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 178 . Technical foundations of information systems MODULE II System Development – system development life cycle – structured methodologies – Prototyping – CASE methodology. 2002. Data structure diagram. Channel sharing devices. Channel configurations. Database. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Security. 7. 2. structure and Development. REFERENCES 1. Prentice-Hall 4.
Job Shop production activity planning:.assumptions. Enterprise Resource Planning. Facilities Location and Layout – an analytical approach – R. controlling continuous production. safety stock. methods. on consideration of facilities of working people. multi item forecasting. Production systems – James .. Line balancing methods. Production and Operations Management – Buffa – John Wiley & Sons 4. Dispatching Module III Aggregate planning:. Storage area etc. Long and Short-term demand forecasting methods. Riggs – John Wiley & Sons 6. References: 1. priority rules for dispatching jobs.bill of material. MRP concepts and advantages. managing and maintenance of MPS. distribution inventory systems. Introduction to Business Process Re-engineering.08. batch processing technique. and seasonality components. Inventory systems under risk:service levels. joint determination of Q and R. Pyke & Peterson – John Willey & Sons University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Operations Management: Strategy and Analysis – Krajewski LJ – Pearson Education 5. Material Requirements Planning:.basic models. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. sequencing. slow-moving item forecasting. stock out situations. A. Routing problems:. Analysis of forecast error and computer control of forecasting systems.algorithms.14 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Credits : 4 Demand forecasting:. cycle. Inventory Management and Production Planning and Scheduling – Silver. disaggregation techniques. Master production schedule:. shop loading. Aggregate inventory management:. KANBAN system. value of decision rules. performance measures. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines.scheduling. safety stock policies. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). PHI 2. Computer applications in layout designs. Production Planning and Inventory Control – Narasimhan et al.definition. structuring BOM. and software packages. Module II Design of layout of factories. White – PHI 3.MRP and MRP II. Office. multi-item joint replacement model. Estimation of trend. Just-in-time. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Capacity planning and control. aggregate planning strategies. Regression analysis and smoothing methods. mathematical programming and heuristics.806. L. Basic inventory models:. White and J. implementation. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Exchange curves. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 179 . time-varying demands.L.
Project Management – Gopalakrishnan – Mcmillan India Ltd. Module III Project administration. Module II Financial estimates and projections: Cost of projects-means of financing-estimates of sales and production-cost of production-working capital requirement and its financing-profitabilityprojected cash flow statement and balance sheet.establishing project priorities( scope-cost-time)project priority matrix. use of Critical Path Method (CPM). analysis. Project planning. Concepts and uses of PERT. Capital budgeting process. 1999 4. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 180 . Basic techniques in capital budgeting-non discounting and discounting methods. Project risk. Project Management-Harry-Maylor-Peason Publication University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Determination of least cost duration. Project Evaluation and Review Techniques/cost mechanisms. implementation and review – Prasannachandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2.The project life cycle.work break down structure. expenditure planning.Technical analysis.08. Post project evaluation.Analysis-Selection-Financing-Implementation-Review. Break even analysis.market and demand analysis. selection. Introduction to various Project management softwares.David I Cleland .Demand forecasting techniques. cost as a function of time. Non-financial justification of projects.Planning. schedule of payments and physical progress.pay back period.806. Project Management – the Managerial Process – Clifford F.importance of project management.Accounting rate of return-net present value-Benefit cost ratio-internal rate of return. 5.progress payments. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Market planning and marketing research process. Larson McGraw Hill 3. References: 1. Gray & Erik W. Social cost benefit analysis and economic rate of return.Mcgraw Hill International Edition. project scheduling and network planning. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Concept of a project-classification of projects. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. time-cost trade off. Generation and screening of project ideas. Project management .
IC Engines .16 DESIGN OF IC ENGINES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction-Basic engine components and nomenclature. Design of Intake and Exhaust port calculations (with the help of charts) Study of transducers for IC engine application (only brief description about various types) MODULE III Design of IC engines-Basic decisions. References: 1 IC Engine theory and practise – C. exhaust blow down.1 and Vol. crank shaft. size and arrangement .Lickty 3.First law analysis of engine cycles-engine performance parameters –simple problems. Fundamentals of IC Engines.F Taylor. Supercharging. MODULE II Two stroke engines-introduction-advantages and disadvantages-Scavenging. connecting rod. torque measurement (only dynamometers). scavenging efficiency. and charging efficiency. Actual cycle and their analysis-time loss factor.various methods of scavenging and charge induction. effects of operating variables like compression ratio.V. relative cylinder charge. cylinder and cylinder head. Comparison of fuel air cycle and actual cycle. Review of Air standard cycle(brief description regarding the concepts)-Fuel air cycle and their analysis-dissociation. heat loss factor.806.08. airflow measurement.2 2.Vol.Ganesan 7.Detailed design procedure for piston. delivery ratio. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Materials and manufacturing process of main components of engines. Cylinder number. Scavenging of 2 stroke engines – Schweitzer 6. IC Engines – Heywood 4. Scavenging models-perfect displacement and complete mixing model-scavenging efficiency-simple problems. poppet valves. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. -Terminologies like reference mass. Measurement aspects related to IC engines-speed measurement. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 181 . scavenge ratio. exhaust gas measurement and treatment. fuel-air ratio on thermal efficiency and power. trapping efficiency. IC Engine design –Richard James 5. IC Engines – Shyam K Agarwal University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Preliminary analysis.
C. " Robotic engineeringAn Integrated Approach ". Sensor Commands.C. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Inverse Kinematics and Differences. Proximity Sensors (Inductive. assembly. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Teach Pendant Programming. McGraw-Hill Book Co.Point to point control. Englewoods Cliffs. types and classification – Specifications – Pitch. Lighting Techniques. Speed of Motion. (Binary Sensors. Sensing and Digitizing Image Data – Signal Conversion. Module III Robot kinematics and robot programming: Forward Kinematics. Robot Parts and Their Functions – Need for Robots – Different Applications. 1995 6 Richard D.. Yu. Roll. Tata McGraw-Hill.P. and Lee C. Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers. Work Envelope. “Robotics for Engineers”. Prentice Hall Inc.. Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of Manipulators with Two Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional) – Deviations and Problems. Continuous path control. Magnetic Grippers. Applications and Comparison of all these Drives. End Effectors – Grippers – Mechanical Grippers. Lead through programming.. Sensing. and material handling. Touch Sensors. Wrist Sensors. Compliance Sensors. Yaw. Structured. Range Sensors (Triangulation Principle. Fu. Programming and Applications”. and Simple programs Industrial Applications: Application of robots in machining. Gonzalz. McGraw-Hill. Klafter. Frame Grabber. Analog Sensors). 1987 4 Yoram Koren. Resolvers. NJ.. Thomas A. 1989. “Industrial Robotics – Technology. Camera. Servo Motors.A.. 2 M. Vacuum Grippers. Pay Load – Basic robot motions . Vision and Intelligence”. “Robotics Control.Gonalez.S. Image Storage. Robot programming Languages – VAL Programming – Motion Commands.Kozyrev University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.K.P. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 182 .Groover. Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors – Position of sensors (Piezo Electric Sensor. Vision and Intelligence.C.806. McGraw-Hill Book Co.S. Selection and Design Considerations Module II Sensors and machine vision: Requirements of a sensor. " Robotics Control sensing ".Lee.C. McGraw Hill International Edition. 1987. and Ultrasonic). Chmielewski and Michael Negin.G. Internal Grippers and External Grippers. LVDT. 7 Industrial Robots. Servo Motors – Salient Features.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ROBOTICS Credits : 4 Module I Fundamentals of robot: Robot – Definition – Co-ordinate Systems.S. USA. A.G. C. welding. Robot drive systems and end effectors: Pneumatic Drives – Hydraulic Drives – Mechanical Drives – Electrical Drives – D. References 1 K.. R. Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers. Optical Encoders).R. Capacitive.S.08. Laser Range Meters). Lighting Approach. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). “Robotics and Image Processing”. 1992 5 Janakiraman. 2001 3 Fu. End effecter commands. Stepper Motor. Slip Sensors. Joint Notations.
Ayers. St.B. Supply chain management (SCM): The new paradigm. 2000 3. NY 1998. Lencie press. Viva Books.806. definition. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. McGraw-Hill. 2. ERP – warehouse management system – product data management – cases. Nicolas. “Competitive Manufacturing Management”. Schraj. J. Module III Supply chain activity systems: Structuring the SC – SC and new products – functional roles in SC – SC design framework – collaborative product commerce.the modular company – network relation – supply process –procurement process – Distribution management.S. Supply chain: Basic tasks – new corporate model. “Hand Book of Supply Chain Management”.. References: 1. approaches . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Managing Global Supply Chain”. New Delhi 2000. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 183 .supply chain progress – model for competing through supply chain management – PLC grid – supply chain redesign – Linking SC with customer.B. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Module II Evolution of supply chain models: Strategy and structure – Factors of supply chain – Manufacturing strategy stages . P. Lasen.18 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Logistics – Concepts. J.factors affecting logistics. T. SCM – Organization and information system: Management task – logistics organization – logistics information systems – topology of SC application – MRP.N.08.
.08. 5.Case studies. post processing. Module III Powder based rapid prototyping systems: Selective Laser Sintering(SLS): Principle. CRC press. process. 2.Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction – Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping: CAD model preparation. process variables. modeling of SLS. CRC Press. direct and adaptive slicing. 2003. Solid based. second edition. shape decomposition. Paul F. products. 2003. Support structure design. products. surface deviation and accuracy. strength and weakness. Chua C. and Lim C. types. material system. Selective Laser Melting. materials.Virtual prototyping. 4. surface and solid modeling – data formats . per-build process.Development of RP systems – RP process chain . limitations and applications. Applications and case studies. post curing.Applications. strengths. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box for prototype development. Applications. 2006.S. Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications.K.806. Liou W. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 184 . Part orientation and support generation.. Andreas Gebhardt. Laser Engineered Net Shaping(LENS): Processes. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Leong K. Ali K. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). advantages. weaknesses and applications.Impact of Rapid Prototyping on Product Development –Digital prototyping . basic process. process capabilities. 3.Hilton. Kamrani. World Scientific Publishers. Rapid prototyping. Peter D. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Rapid Tooling . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Data interfacing. limitations and applications . materials and applications.F.powder structures. Hanser Gardener Publications. recoating issues. photo polymerization of SL resins. Module II Liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems: Stereolithography (SLA): Apparatus: Principle. mold SDM and applications. Reverse engineering and CAD modeling: Basic concept. 2007. Physics of 3DP. Frank W. types of printing. Electron Beam Melting – Rapid manufacturing. Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications. Indirect and direct SLS. part quality and process planning. post-build processes. laminated object manufacturing(LOM): Working Principles.Liou. advantages. materials. details of processes. details of processes. basic process. advantages. process. REFERENCES: 1. products. Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Introduction.. materials. Tool path generation.Benefits.Liou. Other rapid prototyping technologies: Three dimensional Printing (3DP):Principle. limitations and applications– Case Studies. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working principle. Springer. Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques: Wire frame. Liquid based and powder based 3DP systems.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RAPID PROTOTYPING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Need .Jacobs. Model Slicing and contour data organization. Hilton/Jacobs. 2000. Emad Abouel Nasr. part-building. Fused deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle. materials.
chromium. fused carbide cloth. Module II Hardfacing processes: SMAW. “Surface Engineering”.sputter coating . hard facing consumables. Structure. plating of nickel. Electro spark deposition. Siliconising. Wear: Types of wear . New York.Ohio. Ernest Rabinowicz. Special diffusion processes: Principle of diffusion processes – Boriding. properties and applications. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).adhesive. flame spray processes . centrifugal cast wear coatings. SAW. Sursulf . corrosive. Aluminising. NY. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 185 . thermal / chemical. 1995. Thermal -spray. roles of friction and lubrication and wear testing. “Surface Modification Technologies – An Engineer’s guide”. Kenneth G. Oxy-Acetylene Welding.HVOF. John Wiley & Sons. Marcel Dekker. 1994. Englewood Cliff. Wear tiles. High energy modification and special processes: Electron beam hardening/ glazing. plating properties. Sudarshan T S. Prentice Hall. Detonation gun and jet kote processes.Budinski. 1990. 4.TiC. 3. Composite surface created by laser and Electron beam. oxidative. TiN. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 2. “Friction and Wear of Materials”. CBN.Ion plating – Chemical vapour deposition – reactive sputtering . GTAW.Selection of diffusion processes – Characteristics of diffused layer – micro structure and micro hardness evaluation – properties and applications. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. FCAW. plating adhesion. electrochemical conversion coating. Diamond and DLC coatings.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SURFACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Tribology: Introduction to tribology. tin and copper. abrasive.806. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Wear sleeves and Wear plates. Surface cements. 1989. Laser beam hardening / glazing ion inplantation. REFERENCES: 1.08. pulsed plating. Vol. Plating Processes: Fundamentals of electrodeposition. “Surface Engineering for Wear Resistance”. hydrogen embrittlement. GMAW. hard anodizing. Alumina. erosive and fretting wear. selective plating for repair.Metals Park.5. Module III Thin film coatings: Physical vapour deposition processes – Thermal evaporation . ASM Metals Handbook. Chromising. PAW.Ceramic coatings. electroless plating. 2nd edition. Furnace fusing.
"Cellular Manufacturing Systems". REFERENCES 1.Parametric analysis . Hand Book. and Bidananda. A. 3. Cleland.K. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Mechanical Engineering pub. establishing a team approach. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 186 .H. life cycle issues in GT/CMS.G. cost and non-cost based models. Managerial structure and groups.London. S.J. Kamrani. 1979. B (Eds). Limitations of traditional manufacturing systems.08.T "Planning and Operation. Implementation of GT/CMS: Inter and Intra cell layout. H.cases. traditional approaches and non-traditional approaches -Genetic Algorithms.Models. Parsaei. Group "Technology in Engineering Industry". Irani. Burbidge. D. R. J. Economics of GT/CMS: Conventional Vs group use of computer models in GT/CMS.A. Human aspects of GT/CMS .21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF CELLULAR MANUFACTURING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Group Technology (GT). 1995.R and Liles. TAB Books . 1991. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Simulated Annealing. and Vakharia. characteristics and design of groups. design and analysis of cellular manufacturing systems".framework.L. A. Cellular Manufacturing System (CMS) planning and design: Problems in GT/CMS.806.I. 4. batch sequencing and sizing. Askin. benefits of GT and issues in GT. cell loading. 2. in The automated factoryHand Book: Technology and Management". NY.. Elsevier. Module II Design of CMS . Module III Performance measurement and control: Measuring CMS performance .PBC in GT/CMS. "Planning. Neural networks.D. GT and MRP . G. (Eds). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.
Arrangements of ducts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Diversity and stratification.comfort air conditioning-effective temperature-thermal analysis of human body.evaporate coolinglow humidity applications Automobile and Train car air conditioning. 2. Design of air conditioning system.various process-sensible cooling and heating-adeabate saturation.Heating and humidification . 3. E. fan – design. Priester. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Duct design .pressure drop in ducts.Air conditioning systems.solar radiation . Arora. P.sources of heat load. Psychrometric properties and processes.Heat generation inside the conditioned space . VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Principles of refrigeration and psychrometry. Jones.selection of design temperatures . pressure losses. Refrigeration and Air conditioning.use &absorbent or adsorbent . Manohar Prasad. thermal insulation Module III Heating systems-warm air systems-hot water systems steam heating systems-panel and central heating systems-heat pump circuit. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.22 HEATING. Jordan.806. P. Air-conditioning Engineering Carriers Handbook system design of Air Conditioning R.various process . G. Air conditioning systems and its applications – Psychrometric chart.S.F Etc.use of psychrometric chart for air conditioning .heat storage. Bernoulli’s equation. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 187 .heat transfer through structures .S. Continuty equation.H. C. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.H.H.F.08.method of duct design.mixing of air streams . G.S. B. pressure drop by graphical method. Applications. 5. Module II Cooling and heating load calculation . 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Infilteration and ventilation.F. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. References: 1. W.cooling and dehumidification .. G.
References: 1. 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. " Wind Tunnel Testing ". MODULE-II Shape optimization of cars front end modification .hatch back.performance . 2nd Edn.the effects of forces and moments ..resistance to vehicle motion . 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. SAE.potential of vehicle aerodynamics.dirt accumulation on the vehicle .flow phenomenon related to vehicles -external & internal flow problem .principle of wind tunnel technology limitation of simulation . Vehicle Aerodynamic.. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.startegies for aerodynamic development .23 AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS L-T.fundamental of fluid mechanics .wind noise . SAE. Butterworths Co.drag reduction in commercial vehicles.stress with scale models – full scale wind tunnels . Wind tunnels for automotive aerodynamic introduction .drag coefficient of cars . Hucho. 4. " Aerodynamic of Road vehicles ".drag force .806.D.side wind problems methods to calculate forces and moments .types of drag force .road testing methods – numerical MODULE-III Vehicle handling the origin of forces and moments on a vehicle .analysis of aerodynamic drag . New York.front and rear wind shield angle . 1997.vehicle dynamics under side winds . Aerodynamic drag of cars cars as a bluff body . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.equipment and transducers . Automotive Aerodynamic : Update SP-706.fuel consumption and performance . fast back and square back -dust flow patterns at the rear .measurement techniques . 1974. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction scope .W.effects of gap configuration . Pope. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 188 . John Wiley & Sons. 1987.boat tailing . 2.flow field around car ..low drag profiles.characteristics of forces and moments .historical development trends . SP-1145. A. Ltd.effect of fasteners.H.
elevators / Man lifters. single bucket. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Crawler track. drag and self powered types . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Moscow 2. power required.ROAD VEHICLES L-T.08. Kaloyer. stampers. Heavy duty petrol engines and high speed diesel engines. Abrosimov. air cooled and water cooled engines and air filters as in off highway vehicles. MODULE III Shovels and Ditchers: Power shovel. Rippers. K. scrapers. cable and hydraulic dozers. Tree dozer. tractive effort. Jagman Singh. self powered scrapers and graders.Dump trucks and dumpers Loaders. Performance characteristics of vehicles. revolving and stripper shovels . Bromberg and F.Power and capacity of earth moving machines. Scrapers and Graders: Scrapers. number of speeds and gear ratios desirable.806. chassis and transmission. A.On and with the earth University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. (Only theory with out any numerical problems) Land Clearing Machines: Construction and working of Bush cutter. Fork Lifters References: 1.24 OFF.Moving the earth 3.drag lines . Multiaxle vehicles. MIR Publishers. MODULE II Earth Moving Machines: Bulldozers. Construction & Industrial Equipments: Construction and operational aspects of mobile cranes. elevating graders. multi bucket and rotary types .ditchers Capacity of shovels. double reduction arrangements. resistance to digging and motion. road rollers. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 189 .Road making machinery. Herbert Nicholos.D. running and steering gears. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Introduction: Power plants.
isentropic changes of state. 1986. " Internal Combustion Engines ". whitehouse. Hyderbad. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module-II SI engine simulation with air as working medium deviation between actual and ideal cycle problems. heat transfer process. validation of the computer code.adiabatic flame temperature: complete combustion in c/h/o/n systems.. super charged operation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.. simulation of engine performance. Ganesan.efficiency calculation. simulation for pollution estimation. Benson. Module-III Progressive combustion SI engines simulation with progressive combustion with gas exchange process. Universities Press (I) Ltd. 1992.. equilibrium calculations. Ramoss. " Thermodynamic analysis of combustion engines ".25 COMPUTER SIMULATION OF IC ENGINE PROCESSES L-T.V.measurement of hrp . SI engine simulation References: 1. friction calculation. Diesel engine simulation multi zone model for combustion. SI engine simulation with adiabatic combustion.D.L. McGraw Hill Publishing Co.heat of reaction . 1979. 2. John Wiley & Sons. full throttle operation . Ashley Campbel.08. compression of simulated values.S. constant volume adiabatic combustion. temperature drop due to fuel vaporization.806. different heat transfer models. Pergamon Press. part-throttle operation.A.measurement of urp . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). engine performance simulation. constant pressure adiabatic combustion.D. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 190 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. " Computer Simulation of spark ignition engine process ". oxford. pressure crank angle diagram and other engine performance. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction .R. 1996.. New York. 3. 4. calculation of adiabatic flame temperature . " Modelling of Internal Combustion Engines Processes ".N.
This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?
We've moved you to where you read on your other device.
Get the full title to continue reading from where you left off, or restart the preview.